Bizhub Pro 920
Bizhub Pro 920
Bizhub Pro 920
PRO 920
Main body
2005.08
Ver. 2.0
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Because of possible hazards to an inexperienced person servicing this product as well as
the risk of damage to the product, Konica Minolta Business Technologies, INC. (hereafter
called the KMBT) strongly recommends that all servicing be performed only by KMBT-
trained service technicians.
Changes may have been made to this product to improve its performance after this Service
Manual was printed. Accordingly, KMBT does not warrant, either explicitly or implicitly, that
the information contained in this Service Manual is complete and accurate.
The user of this Service Manual must assume all risks of personal injury and/or damage to
the product while servicing the product for which this Service Manual is intended.
Therefore, this Service Manual must be carefully read before doing service work both in the
course of technical training and even after that, for performing maintenance and control of
the product properly.
Keep this Service Manual also for future service.
Symbols used for safety and important warning items are defined as follows:
S-1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
SAFETY WARNINGS
[1] MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY KONICA MINOLTA
BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Konica Minolta brand products are renowned for their high reliability. This reliability is
achieved through high-quality design and a solid service network.
Product design is a highly complicated and delicate process where numerous mechanical,
physical, and electrical aspects have to be taken into consideration, with the aim of arriving
at proper tolerances and safety factors. For this reason, unauthorized modifications involve
a high risk of degradation in performance and safety. Such modifications are therefore
strictly prohibited. The points listed below are not exhaustive, but they illustrate the reason-
ing behind this policy.
Prohibited Actions
DANGER
• Using any cables or power cord not specified by KMBT.
S-2
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
WARNING
• Use power supply cord set which meets the following
criteria:
AC230V
- provided with a plug having configuration intended for
the connection to wall outlet appropriate for the prod-
uct's rated voltage and current, and
- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and
- provided with three-conductor cable having enough cur-
rent capacity, and
AC208V 240V
- the cord set meets regulatory requirements for the area.
Use of inadequate cord set leads to fire or electric shock.
• Attach power plug which meets the following criteria:
- having configuration intended for the connection to wall
outlet appropriate for the product's rated voltage and
current, and
- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and
- meets regulatory requirements for the area.
Use of inadequate cord set leads to the product connect-
ing to inadequate power supply (voltage, current capacity,
grounding), and may result in fire or electric shock.
S-3
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
1. Power Supply
WARNING
• Check that mains voltage is as specified.
Connection to wrong voltage supply may result in fire or
electric shock. ?V
• Plug the power cord into the dedicated wall outlet with a
capacity greater than the maximum power consumption.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may
result.
S-4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
WARNING
• Check whether the product is grounded properly.
If current leakage occurs in an ungrounded product, you
may suffer electric shock while operating the product.
Connect power plug to grounded wall outlet.
WARNING
• When using the power cord set (inlet type) that came with
this product, make sure the connector is securely inserted
in the inlet of the product.
When securing measure is provided, secure the cord with
the fixture properly.
If the power cord (inlet type) is not connected to the prod-
uct securely, a contact problem may lead to increased
resistance, overheating, and risk of fire.
S-5
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
WARNING
• Check whether dust is collected around the power plug
and wall outlet.
Using the power plug and wall outlet without removing
dust may result in fire.
• Do not insert the power plug into the wall outlet with a wet
hand.
The risk of electric shock exists.
• When unplugging the power cord, grasp the plug, not the
cable.
The cable may be broken, leading to a risk of fire and
electric shock.
Wiring
WARNING
• Never use multi-plug adapters to plug multiple power cords
in the same outlet.
If used, the risk of fire exists.
S-6
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
2. Installation Requirements
WARNING
• Do not place the product near flammable materials or vola-
tile materials that may catch fire.
A risk of fire exists.
WARNING
• When the product is not used over an extended period of
time (holidays, etc.), switch it off and unplug the power
cord.
Dust collected around the power plug and outlet may
cause fire.
Ventilation
CAUTION
• The product generates ozone gas during operation, but it
will not be harmful to the human body.
If a bad smell of ozone is present in the following cases,
ventilate the room.
a. When the product is used in a poorly ventilated room
b. When taking a lot of copies
c. When using multiple products at the same time
Fixing
CAUTION
• Be sure to lock the caster stoppers.
In the case of an earthquake and so on, the product may
slide, leading to a injury.
S-7
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
CAUTION
• Before conducting an inspection, read all relevant docu-
mentation (service manual, technical notices, etc.) and
proceed with the inspection following the prescribed pro-
cedure in safety clothes, using only the prescribed tools.
Do not make any adjustment not described in the docu-
mentation.
If the prescribed procedure or tool is not used, the prod-
uct may break and a risk of injury or fire exists.
WARNING
• Take every care when making adjustments or performing
an operation check with the product powered.
If you make adjustments or perform an operation check
with the external cover detached, you may touch live or
high-voltage parts or you may be caught in moving gears
or the timing belt, leading to a risk of injury.
S-8
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
• Check the exterior and frame for edges, burrs, and other
damages.
The user or CE may be injured.
S-9
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
• When replacing a lithium battery, replace it with a new lith-
ium battery specified in the Parts Guide Manual. Dispose
of the used lithium battery using the method specified by
local authority.
Improper replacement can cause explosion.
• Make sure the wiring cannot come into contact with sharp
edges, burrs, or other pointed parts.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or
fire.
• Make sure that all screws, components, wiring, connec-
tors, etc. that were removed for safety check and mainte-
nance have been reinstalled in the original location. (Pay
special attention to forgotten connectors, pinched cables,
forgotten screws, etc.)
A risk of product trouble, electric shock, and fire exists.
Handling of Consumables
WARNING
• Toner and developer are not harmful substances, but care
must be taken not to breathe excessive amounts or let the
substances come into contact with eyes, etc. It may be
stimulative.
If the substances get in the eye, rinse with plenty of water
immediately. When symptoms are noticeable, consult a
physician.
S-10
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
Handling of Consumables
WARNING
• Never throw the used cartridge and toner into fire.
You may be burned due to dust explosion.
CAUTION
• Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet.
Drum cleaner (isopropyl alcohol) and roller cleaner (ace-
tone-based) are highly flammable and must be handled
with care. A risk of fire exists.
S-11
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY INFORMATION
SAFETY INFORMATION
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Admin-
istration implemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976.
Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States.
This copier is certified as a "Class 1" laser product under the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard
according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. Since radiation emit-
ted inside this copier is completely confined within protective housings and external covers,
the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation.
S-12
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY INFORMATION
57gap0e001na
S-13
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY INFORMATION
For Europe:
57gap0e002na
S-14
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY INFORMATION
57gap0e003na
S-15
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY INFORMATION
57gap0e004na
S-16
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SAFETY INFORMATION
57gap0e005na
CAUTION:
• You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any
caution label to keep yourself away from. Do not remove caution labels. And also,
when the caution label is peeled off or soiled and cannot be seen clearly, replace
it with a new caution label.
S-17
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT
S-18
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Composition of the service manual
This service manual consists of the following sections and chapters:
This section gives, as information required by the CE at the site (or at the customer's
premise), a rough outline of the service schedule and its details, maintenance steps, the
object and role of each adjustment, error codes and supplementary information.
The details of items with an asterisk "*" are described only in the service manual of
the main body.
C-1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Notation of the service manual
A. Product name
In this manual, each of the products is described as follows:
B. Brand name
The company names and product names mentioned in this manual are the brand name or
the registered trademark of each company.
C-2
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description
24V Power to drive the motor
CONT Drive signal
DRV1
Motor M
DRV2
Drive signals of two kinds
D1
D2
_U
_V
_W
Drive signals (control signals) of three kinds
DRV1
DRV2
DRV3
D1
D2
D3
D4
DRV A
DRV A
DRV B Drive signals (control signals) of four kinds
DRV B Motor, phases A and B control signals
A
Motor M /A
B
/B
AB
BB
CLK, PLL PLL control signal
LCK, Lock, LD PLL lock signal
FR Forward/reverse rotation signal
EM, Lock, LCK, LD Motor lock abnormality
BLK Drive brake signal
P/S Power/stop
S/S
Operating load start/stop signal
SS
CW/CCW, F/R Rotational direction switching signal
ENB Effective signal
TEMP_ER Motor temperature abnormality detection signal
24V Power to drive the fan motor
CONT, DRIVE Drive signal
Fan FM
HL Speed control signal (2 speeds)
EM, Lock, LCK, FEM Detection signal
Others TH1.S, ANG Analog signal
C-3
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description
SG, S.GND, S_GND Signal ground
Ground
PG, P.GND Power ground
DCD Data carrier detection
SIN Serial input
SOUT Serial output
DTR Data terminal operation available
GND Signal ground (earth)
Serial com-
DSR, DSET Data set ready
munication
RTS Transmission request signal
CTS Consent transmission signal
RI Ring indicator
TXD Serial transmission data
RXD Serial reception data
C-4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
CONTENTS
OUTLINE
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
MAINTENANCE
3. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.1 Life value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.1.1 Life value of materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.1.2 Life value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.2 Schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.3 Maintenance item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.3.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.3.2 DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3.3.3 LU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3.3.4 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.3.5 PI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.3.6 PK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.3.7 ZU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.3.8 TU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.3.9 RC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.4 Replacement parts list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.4.1 Periodically replacement parts list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.4.2 Spot replacement parts list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.5 Maintenance procedure of the external section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.5.1 Replacing the ozone filter /1 and /2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.5.2 Cleaning the dust-proof filter /1, /2 and /3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.5.3 Replacing the dust-proof filter /1, /2 and /3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.6 Maintenance procedure of the write section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.6.1 Cleaning the dust-proof glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.7 Maintenance procedure of the photo conductor section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the photo conductor section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.7.2 Cleaning/removing the drum fixing couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.7.3 Replacing the drum temperature sensor (TH5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.7.4 Cleaning the toner control sensor board (TCSB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.7.5 Replacing the drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.7.6 Replacing the drum claw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.7.7 Replacing the drum fixing spring/drum positioning collar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.8 Maintenance procedure of the charge section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.8.1 Replacing the charge unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.8.2 Replacing the charge control plate, charge wire, vibration-proof rubber,
charge cleaning unit and C-clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.8.3 Cleaning/replacing the charge back plate and the erase lamp (EL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.9 Maintenance procedure of the transfer/separation unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3.9.1 Replacing the transfer/separation unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
1 i
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONTENTS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
ii
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 CONTENTS
iii
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONTENTS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
5.3.5 Internet ISW using the mail remote notification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
5.3.6 Notes for use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
bizhub PRO 920
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT/SETTING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
7.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
8. UTILITY MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
8.1 List of utility mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
9. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
10. TECH. REP. MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
10.1 List of Tech. Rep. mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
10.2 Setting method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
10.2.1 Start and exit Tech. Rep. mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
10.3 Machine Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
10.3.1 Tray adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
10.3.2 Regist line speed adjustment (magnification adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
iv
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 CONTENTS
v
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONTENTS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
vi
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 CONTENTS
TROUBLESHOOTING
12. JAM CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
12.1 Jam code list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
13. MALFUNCTION CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
13.1 Malfunction code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
APPENDIX
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
14.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
14.1.1 Switch/sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
14.1.2 Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
14.1.3 Boards and others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
14.2 DF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
14.3 LU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
14.4 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
14.5 PI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
14.6 PK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
14.6.1 PK-503/PK-504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
14.6.2 PK-505 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
14.7 ZU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
14.8 TU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
15.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
15.1.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
15.2 DF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
15.2.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
15.3 LU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
15.4 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
15.5 PI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
1 vii
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONTENTS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
15.6 PK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
15.7 ZU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
bizhub PRO 920
15.8 TU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
15.8.1 Connector in the board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
16. TIMING CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
16.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
16.2 DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
16.3 LU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
16.4 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
16.4.1 FS-509 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
16.4.2 FS-604 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
16.5 PI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
16.6 PK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
16.7 ZU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
16.8 TU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
17.1 Main body 1/4
17.2 Main body 2/4
17.3 Main body 3/4
17.4 Main body 4/4
17.5 DF
17.6 LU
17.7 FS
17.8 PI
17.9 PK-503/504
17.10 PK-505
17.11 ZU
17.12 TU
18. PAPER SETTING
18.1 Paper type setting according to the paper brand
18.2 Relationship between the optimum paper type and the control according to the paper brand
(U.S.A. paper)
18.3 Relationship between the optimum paper type and the control according to the paper brand
(European paper)
18.4 Conversion table of paper weight
viii 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
OUTLINE
[10]
[3]
[10]
[7]
[11]
[9]
[6]
[12] [4]
[14]
[13]
57gat1e001nb
1 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• For machines equipped with ZU-601/602, the function of PK-503/504/505 is not available when PI-
501 is not equipped.
• Any combination other than those listed below is not available.
2 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
B. Functions
3
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
C. Type of paper
Plain paper *2 High quality paper, plain paper and recycled paper of 61 to 90 g/m2
Special paper *3 Bypass feed OHP film, label paper *4, blueprint master paper *4,
only Tab paper
All trays High quality paper of 50 to 60 g/m2 (thin paper)
High quality paper of 91 to 200 g/m2 (thick paper)
*2 Recommended paper
Plain paper Inch: Hammermill Tidal MP (75 g/m2)
Metric: Konica Minolta Profi (80 g/m2)
Recycled paper Inch: Weyerhaueser Recycled Laser Copy (20lb)
Metric: Nautilaus (80 g/m2), Classic White (80 g/m2)
*3 Recommended paper
Thick paper Inch: DomtarColor 65lb (176 g/m2), COUGAROOVER 65lb (176 g/m2),
HM-Cover 65lb (176 g/m2), XeroxDisitalLaser 65lb (176 g/m2)
Metric: RDEREY200 (200 g/m2), RDEREY160 (160 g/m2), NEUOOLOROOPY (200 g/m2)
XeroxColotech (200 g/m2), Xerox3R91798 (160 g/m2)
Thin paper Inch: Domter16lb, Docupaque16lb
Metric: Clair Mail (60 g/m2)
Label paper Inch: AVERY 5160
Metric: AVERY DSP24
OHP Inch: HP 92296T
Metric: HP 92296T
*4 Label paper and blueprint master are loaded and fed one sheet at a time.
4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
D. Maintenance
E. Machine data
F. Operating environment
Temperature 10 to 30°C
Humidity 10 to 80% RH (with no condensation)
Note
• The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
5
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920
Blank page
6
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
MAINTENANCE
Reference: Relationship between the number of prints and the drive time
250 hours drive at A4 continuous output of 9 sheets per job is equivalent to 1,000,000 prints.
Note
• Developer/drum replacement icon is generated only by print count or running time. The trigger
can be switched between print count and running time by setting of the DIPSW 15-7 in the Tech.
Rep. mode.
7
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.2 Schedule
bizhub PRO 920
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300
2800
2825
2850
2875
2900
2925
2950
2975
Maintenance 1 z z z z z z xxxzxxx z z z z 59 times
Main body
8
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• For the replacement procedure of periodically replaced parts, see "3.5 Maintenance procedure of
the external section" to "3.17 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section."
9
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
11
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
12
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
13
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
14
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
15
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
16
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.3.2 DF
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)
17
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.3.3 LU
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)
18
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
19
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.3.4 FS
A. FS-509
bizhub PRO 920
20 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. FS-604
(1) Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)
1 21
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.3.5 PI
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)
bizhub PRO 920
22
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.3.6 PK
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)
3.3.7 ZU
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)
23
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.3.8 TU
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)
24
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.3.9 RC
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)
25
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• For the replacement procedure of periodically replaced parts, see "3.5 Maintenance procedure of
the external section" to "3.17 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section."
• The parts count No. given in the table below represents the number of the fixed parts number in
the Tech. Rep. mode.
A. Main body
No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
ment cycle No.
1 External Ozone filter /1 57GA1128* 2 3,000,000 30
2 section Ozone filter /2 57GA1129* 1 3,000,000
3 Dust-proof filter /1 57GA1231* 1 3,000,000
4 Dust-proof filter /2 57GA1232* 1 3,000,000
5 Dust-proof filter /3 57GA1233* 1 3,000,000
6 Photo con- Cleaning blade 57GA5601* 2 500,000 2
7 ductor section Toner guide brush assembly 57GA-574* 1 1,000,000 10
8 Scattering prevention felt 55VA5568* 1 1,000,000
9 Drum claw 57GA2919* 3 500,000 9
10 Drum fixing spring 55FU2014* 1 1,000,000
11 Drum positioning collar 25SA2015* 1 1,000,000
12 Drum temperature sensor (TH5) 56GA-209* 1 3,000,000 20
13 Drum DR910 1 1,000,000
or 250 hours
14 Seal plate /Fr 56UA-559* 1 1,000,000 12
15 Seal plate /Rr 56UA-558* 1 1,000,000 11
16 Toner seal plate assembly 57GA-568* 1 3,000,000 23
17 Toner guide plate assembly 55VA-561* 1 3,000,000 24
18 Cleaning gear /A 55VA7920 1 15,000,000 70
19 Cleaning gear /B 55VA7921 1 15,000,000
20 Toner supply Toner supply sleeve /1 55VA-334* 1 3,000,000 21
21 section Toner supply sleeve /2 55VA-335* 1 3,000,000 22
22 Toner seal plate 57GA-568* 1 3,000,000
23 Guide plate assembly 55VA-561* 1 3,000,000
24 Charge Charge wire 55VA2509* 2 500,000 3
25 section Vibration-proof rubber 55VA2527* 2 500,000
26 Cleaning web 55VA-524* 1 500,000
27 Charge control plate 57GA2508* 1 500,000 4
28 Charge cleaning unit 55VA-255* 2 500,000 5
29 C-clip 45AA2040* 2 500,000
30 Charge unit 57GA-250* 1 6,000,000
31 Erase lamp (EL) 55VA-257* 1 6,000,000
26
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
27
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
bizhub PRO 920
28
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Option
29
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A. Option
Two parts shown below are not periodically replaced parts.
However, be sure to replace them when they get to the actual replacement cycle.
No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace- Parts count
ment cycle No.
1 FS Stapler unit /Fr (FS-509) 13TQ4250* 1 200,000 80
2 Stapler unit /Rr (FS-509) 13TQ4250* 1 200,000 81
3 Stapler unit /Fr (FS-604) 15JM-501* 1 200,000 80
4 Stapler unit /Rr (FS-604) 15JM-501* 1 200,000 81
30 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Loosen 2 screws [1] and remove the exhaust
[2] [1]
cover [2].
57gaf2c186na
[2] 57gaf2c187na
31
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Procedure
1. Open the bypass tray [1].
[2] [3] [4]
2. Clean dust that is clogged in the dust-proof filters
/2 [2], /1 [3] and /3 [4] with a vacuum cleaner.
[1] 57gaf2c305na
32
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Open the bypass tray [1].
[3] [4] [5]
2. Remove the screws [2], 1 each, and then remove
the filter covers /2 [3], /1 [4] and /3 [5].
Note
• When installing the filter covers /1, /2 and /3,
be sure to push each of them in the arrow-
marked direction before installing them.
Note
• When installing the dust-proof filter /3 [2], be
sure to check to see if it is set in the catch [3].
[2]
[3]
57gaf2c189na
33
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
cover /1 [1].
Note
• When installing the dust-proof filter /1 [2], be
sure to check to see if it is set in the catch [3].
[3] 57gaf2c190na
Note
• When installing the dust-proof filter /2 [2], be
sure to check to see if it is set in the catch [3].
57gaf2c191na
34
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Hold the dust-proof glass assembly [1] at the tip
[2] and pull it out along the rail [3] for removal.
Note
• When installing the dust-proof glass assem-
bly [1], be sure to take note of its direction.
[1] [2]
[3] 57gaf2c042na
[1] 57gaf2c043na
35
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• When the drum section has been removed, be sure to store it in a dark place with the drum cover
provided.
• When removing/reinstalling the photo conductor section, be careful not to rotate the drum in any
direction other than the specified direction. Rotating it in the opposite direction to the rotational
direction while printing may cause damage to the cleaning blade.
• When removing/reinstalling the photo conductor section, be absolutely sure not to touch the drum
claw.
A. Procedure
1. Open the front door /Rt [1].
[5] [6] [7] [3] [2] [1] 2. Remove the 2 screws [2] and loosen the screw
[3].
3. Hold the toner supply unit [4] at the section indi-
cated by [5], and pull it out in the arrow marked
directions [6] and [7] in this order.
Note
• The section to which the toner supply unit is
installed is made up of the two-stage hinges.
When pulling it out, be careful not to get your
fingers caught in this hinge section.
[4] 57gaf2c044na
36
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
[1]
57gaf2c045na
37
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[3] [2]
[1] 57gaf2c046na
Note
• For method for installing the drum fixing cou-
pling [3], see "3.7.2 Cleaning/removing the
drum fixing couplings" in the next section.
38
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
A. Procedure
1. Clean the periphery of the drum fixing coupling [1]
[1]
with a drum cleaner and a cleaning pad.
57gaf2c048na
39
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[3] [4]
[5] [1]
57gaf2c049na
40
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• Be sure not to rotate the drum fixing coupling
in directions other than the specified direc-
[2] [4] tion.
[5] [6]
57gaf2c050na
41
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
[3] [2]
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the charge unit from the photo conductor
section. (See "3.8.1 Replacing the charge unit.")
3. Remove 3 connectors [1].
4. Remove the connector [2].
5. Loosen the 2 screws [3] and remove the sensor
support stay assembly [4].
57gaf2c051na
42
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• After installing it, be sure to check visually to
see if TH5 is securely in contact with the
drum.
• After installing it, be sure to take note of the
direction of the connector.
57gaf2c052na
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
[2] [1] [3]
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the charge unit from the photo conductor
section. (See "3.8.1 Replacing the charge unit.")
3. Remove the sensor support stay assembly from
the photo conductor section. (See "3.7.3 Replac-
ing the drum temperature sensor (TH5).")
4. Remove the developing unit and developing suc-
tion assembly from the photo conductor section.
(See "3.10.2 Replacing the developing unit and
the developing suction assembly.")
5. Remove the cleaning unit from the photo conduc-
tor section. (See "3.12.1 Cleaning the cleaning/
toner recycle section.")
6. Remove the drum from the photo conductor sec-
tion. (See "3.7.5 Replacing the drum.")
7. Clean the IDC sensor (IDCS) [2] and the PGC sen-
sor (PGCS) [3] provided on the toner control sen-
sor board (TCSB) [1] with a cleaning pad.
57gaf2c053na
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
43
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• Be careful not to touch or damage the drum and the cleaning blade with bare hands.
• When storing the drum, be sure to store it in dark place with the drum cover attached.
• When reinstalling the drum, the cleaning blade and the toner guide brush, be sure to apply setting
powder all around the drum and the cleaning blade regardless of these parts being new or used
ones.
• When the drum is applied with setting powder, be sure to conduct the following operations before
installing the photo conductor section to the main body:
1) With the charge and the developing unit removed, rotate the drum one full turn (to prevent
splashing of setting powder to the charge unit and prevent the image from getting blurred).
2) When installing a new drum, be sure to reset the photo conductor counter in the Tech. Rep.
mode. Failing to reset it may results in image fogging and/or toner splash. (See "10.5.1 PM
count.")
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
[1]
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the charge unit from the photo conductor
section. (See "3.8.1 Replacing the charge unit.")
3. Remove the sensor support stay assembly from
the photo conductor section. (See "3.7.3 Replac-
ing the drum temperature sensor (TH5).")
4. Remove the developing unit and developing suc-
tion assembly from the photo conductor section.
(See "3.10.2 Replacing the developing unit and
the developing suction assembly.")
5. Remove the cleaning unit from the photo conduc-
57gaf2c054na
tor section. (See "3.12.1 Cleaning the cleaning/
toner recycle section.")
6. Be careful not damage the photo conductor sur-
face. And hold the drum [1] at both ends and lift it
up for removal.
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
44
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
[1] 57gaf2c055na
45
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• When reinstalling the drum claw, take note of the direction and position of the claw.
• When removing the drum claw, be careful not to damage the drum.
• Be careful not to touch the cleaning blade with bare hands.
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the cleaning unit from the photo conduc-
tor section. (See "3.12.1 Cleaning the cleaning/
toner recycle section.")
3. Set the A3 paper [1] to prevent from damaging the
drum.
4. Remove the connector [2].
5. Remove 2 screws [3].
6. Remove the spring [4] and then remove the drum
[2] [3] [4] [5] [3] [1] claw unit [5].
57gaf2c056na
Note
[2]
• When installing the drum claw unit [1], be
sure to set the projections [2] at 2 places of
the drum claw unit to the guide holes [4] at 2
places of the photo conductor [3].
• When installing the drum claw unit, be careful
that the tip [5] does not get in touch with the
guide rail and deformed.
[4] 57gaf2c057na
46
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
7. Remove the C-clip [1], pull out the shaft [2] in the
Note
[1] [3] [2] [4] [5]
• When installing it, be sure to clean the shaft
[1] with a drum cleaner and a cleaning pad.
Installing the drum claw without removing
toner results in a dull operation.
• When installing the drum claw[2], be sure to
take note of the direction of the spring [3].
• When installing the C-clip [4], be sure to
insert it between the ribs [5].
• After installing the drum claw, be sure to
check to see if each drum claw moves
smoothly.
• Make sure the hook section [6] of the spring
comes outside of the rib.
[6] 57gaf2c059na
47
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
[6] [3]
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the drum positioning collar [2] from the
drum shaft [1] and then remove the drum fixing
spring [3].
Note
• When replacing the drum positioning collar
[2]
and the drum fixing spring with new ones, be
careful not apply unnecessary force on the
photo conductor section [4], the guide rail [5]
[1] and the drum shaft.
• When installing the drum positioning collar,
be sure to set it to the slit [6] of the drum
shaft.
48
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• When removing the charge unit, be careful not to touch the mesh area of the charge control plate
with bare hands.
• When cleaning the charge control plate, be sure to blow off impurities with a blower brush.
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
[3]
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the connector [1].
3. Hold the sections indicated by [2] and [3], and pull
out the charge unit [4] for removal.
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[4] [2]
[1] 57gaf2c060na
49
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.8.2 Replacing the charge control plate, charge wire, vibration-proof rubber, charge cleaning unit
and C-clip
bizhub PRO 920
B. Procedure
1. Remove the charge unit from the photo conductor
section. (See "3.8.1 Replacing the charge unit.")
2. Slide the lever [1] in the arrow-marked direction
[2], and release the lock [3] to remove the charge
control plate [4].
Note
• Be sure not to loosen and/or remove the
[4] [2] screw [5] fixing the lever.
57gaf2c062na
50
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
[3] [2]
[2]
[3]
57gaf2c063na
51
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
[3] [1]
bizhub PRO 920
[2] 57gaf2c064na
Note
• When installing the charge wires, be sure to
install them so that the hook [1] of each
spring turns inside.
[1] 57gaf2c065na
52
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• Be careful that the collar inserted into the
shaft of the charge cleaning unit does not
drop off and get lost.
• When installing the charge cleaning unit, be
sure also to install the collar without fail.
[1]
• When installing the charge cleaning unit, be
sure to install it while taking note of its direc-
tion.
[5]
[2]
[1]
57gaf2c066na
53
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.8.3 Cleaning/replacing the charge back plate and the erase lamp (EL)
A. Periodically replaced cycle
bizhub PRO 920
C. Procedure
1. Remove the charge unit from the photo conductor
[4] [3] [1]
section. (See "3.8.1 Replacing the charge unit.")
2. Remove the charge back plate, lightning protec-
tion sheets /Fr [1] and /Rr [2]. (See "3.8.2 Replac-
ing the charge control plate, charge wire,
vibration-proof rubber, charge cleaning unit and
C-clip.")
3. Remove the connector [1].
4. Release the lock [2] and remove the erase lamp
(EL) [3].
5. Clean the EL and the inside and outside of the
charge back plate [4] with a cleaning pad soaked
with drum cleaner and a blower brush.
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[3]
[2] 57gaf2c068na
54
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the toner supply unit thoroughly. (See
[1] "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the photo conductor
section.")
2. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
3. Loosen 2 screws [1] and remove the transfer/sep-
aration unit [2].
[2] 57gaf2c069na
Note
[1] [2] [3]
• Reinstall the transfer/separation unit [1] so
that the couplings [2] and [3] engage cor-
rectly.
57gaf2c070na
55
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.9.2 Replacing the transfer/separation wire, transfer cleaning assembly, separation cleaning
assembly, vibration-proof rubber and the C-clip
bizhub PRO 920
B. Procedure
1. Remove the transfer/separation unit from the ADU. (See "3.9.1 Replacing the transfer/separation unit.")
2. Release the locks [1] provided at 6 separate places and remove the wire guides /1 [3].
3. Release the locks [2] provided at 6 separate places and remove the wire guides /2 [4].
4. Remove the lightning protection sheets /Fr [5] and /Rr [6].
[5]
[6] [2] [1] 57gaf2c071nb
56
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• When reinstalling the transfer wire [2], 2 sepa-
ration wires [3], be sure to insert each wire
into the notch [5] of the vibration-proof rubber
[4].
• When reinstalling the transfer/separation
charge wire, be sure to conduct the operation
so that all of the hooks [6] of each spring are
positioned in the direction as shown in the
drawing.
[3] [6]
[4]
[5]
[2][3]
[4]
57gaf2c072na
57
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
at 3 places.
7. Turn over the transfer/separation unit [3] and
remove the 2 separation cleaning assemblies [4]
and the transfer cleaning assembly [5].
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
58
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the toner supply unit thoroughly. (See
[1]
"3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the photo conductor
section.")
2. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
3. Remove the transfer/separation unit from the
ADU. (See "3.9.1 Replacing the transfer/separa-
tion unit.")
4. Remove the cover from the ADU. (See "3.16.2
Replacing the registration clutch (CL1).")
5. Remove 4 screws [2] and then remove the trans-
fer exposure lamp cover [2].
[1] [2]
57gaf2c075na
59
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
[2] [1]
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Open the cover of the developing suction assem-
bly [1].
3. Remove the suction filter [2].
4. Clean the outside and the inside of the developing
suction assembly with the vacuum cleaner.
Note
• When reinstalling the suction filter, be sure to
expand the filter opening [3] before installa-
tion.
[3] 57gaf2c076na
• When reinstalling it, make sure that the cover
of the developing suction assembly has been
closed thoroughly.
3.10.2 Replacing the developing unit and the developing suction assembly
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
• Developing unit: Every 6,000,000 prints
• Developing suction assembly: Every 6,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the devel-
oping suction assembly [2].
3. Release the developing pressure lever [3].
Note
• When releasing the developing pressure lever,
be careful not to touch the front and rear pan-
els of the photo conductor section.
60
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• Be absolutely sure not to rotate the develop-
ing gear [1] in the direction other than the
[2] [4] arrow-marked direction [2]. (Do not rotate it
clockwise.)
• When installing the developing unit, be careful
that the front panel of the photo conductor
section does not come into contact with the
developing roller [3].
• When installing the developing unit, be sure to
check to see if the developing unit stopper
rollers [4] are in touch with the developing
unit stopper plate [5]. (DS secured)
[4] [1] [3]
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[5] 57gaf2c079na
61
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• When replacing the developer, be careful that dirt does not get into it.
• When putting in new developer, be sure to reset the developer counter in the Tech. Rep. mode. If
not reset, image gray background and toner splash may result.
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
[4] [2]
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the developing unit from the photo con-
ductor section. (See "3.10.2 Replacing the devel-
oping unit and the developing suction assembly.")
3. Release 2 hooks [1] and remove the developing
unit cover /1 [2].
4. Release 2 hooks [3] and remove the developing
unit cover /2 [4].
[1] 57gaf2c306na
62
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• Be absolutely sure not to rotate the develop-
ing gear [3] in the direction other than the
arrow-marked direction [4]. (Do not rotate it
clockwise.)
• Any used developer remaining in the develop-
[5] [4] [3]
ing roller may cause gray background to the
image.
57gaf2c081na
63
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
[2]
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the developing unit from the photo con-
ductor section. (See "3.10.2 Replacing the devel-
oping unit and the developing suction assembly.")
3. Remove the developing unit cover /1 from the
developing unit. (See "3.10.3 Replacing the devel-
oper.")
4. Remove the scattering prevention board [2] from
the developer control blade [1].
5. Clean the scattering prevention board with the
cleaning pad.
[1] 57gaf2c307na
Note
• Be careful not to bend the lower sheet [2].
[1] 57gaf2c084na
64
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the developing unit from the photo con-
ductor section. (See "3.10.2 Replacing the devel-
oping unit and the developing suction assembly.")
3. Wipe off smudges adhering to the developing bias
contact [1] with a cleaning pad.
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1] 57gaf2c085na
65
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the toner supply unit thoroughly from the
[2]
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Pull the lever [1] of the toner supply unit and
remove the toner bottle [2].
[1] 57gaf2c086na
57gaf2c087na
66
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the toner supply unit thoroughly from the
[2] main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section, step 1 to step 4."
2. Remove the toner bottle from the toner supply
unit. (See "3.11.1 Cleaning of the toner bottle sec-
tion.")
3. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the cover /
Up [2].
[1] 57gaf2c088na
67
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
[2] [1]
bizhub PRO 920
[3] 57gaf2c090na
68
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Rotate the drum one full turn by hand.
[1]
Note
• Be sure to rotate the drum one full turn to pre-
vent the toner on the guide brush inside the
cleaning section from falling down.
• When rotating the drum, be sure to rotate it in
the arrow-marked [1] direction.
57gaf2c091na
Note
[1]
• When removing the cleaning section, be sure
to slant it by 15° or so in the direction [2]
opposite to the drum [1] contact section, and
remove it along the ribs [3] at 4 places of the
photo conductor section.
69
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
bizhub PRO 920
12. Tap lightly the casing section [1] and drop off recy-
cled toner that adheres to the inner wall.
13. Rotate the gear [2] in the arrow-marked direction
to discharge toner outside.
14. Repeat the operations given in steps 12 and 13
until toner is discharged, and clean the inside
finally with vacuum cleaner.
15. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
70
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
[1]
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the cleaning section from the photo con-
ductor section. (See "3.12 Maintenance proce-
dure of the cleaning and toner recycle section.")
3. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the clean-
ing blade /2 [2].
Note
• When installing the cleaning blade, be sure to
push lightly both the ends of the cleaning
blade alternately to check to see if there
remain play.
[2] 57gaf2c097na
71
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• Be sure to check to see if the blade replace-
ment lever [3] has been shifted in the arrow-
[1] [2]
marked direction [4]. (Position of the cleaning
blade /1)
[3]
[4] 57gaf2c098na
72
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
[2] 57gaf2c099na
57gaf2c100na
73
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
bizhub PRO 920
74
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.12.3 Replacing the toner guide brush assembly, scattering prevention felt, seal plates /Fr and /Rr,
and the toner seal plate assembly
75
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
bizhub PRO 920
[2] [1]
[1] 57gaf2c102na
76
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
[1] [5] [4]
[3]
[2] 57gaf2c103na
77
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• After removing the toner guide brush assem-
bly, be sure to clean the sections to which the
seal plate /Fr, /Rr is installed with a blower
brush and a cleaning pad.
[1]
[4]
[3] 57gaf2c104na
78
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• When installing the toner guide brush, be sure
to set the pin [6] of the toner guide brush
[6] assembly to the coupling slit [5] of the clean-
ing section [4].
[2] [1]
[4] [3]
[5] 57gaf2c105na
57gaf2c106na
79
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• Be careful that the toner prevention collar [4]
does not get lost.
57gaf2c107na
80
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.12.4 Replacing the cleaning gear /A, /B and the guide plate assembly
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
[3]
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the cleaning section from the photo con-
ductor section. (See "3.12 Maintenance proce-
dure of the cleaning and toner recycle section.")
3. Remove the toner guide brush assembly from the
cleaning section. (See "3.12.3 Replacing the toner
guide brush assembly, scattering prevention felt,
seal plates /Fr and /Rr, and the toner seal plate
assembly.")
4. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the collar
[2].
5. Remove the screw [3] (B tight M3 x 8) and the
[2] [1] [5] [4] screw [4] (TPM3 x 6), and then remove the drive
57gaf2c108na
reinforcing plate [5].
Note
• When installing the drive reinforcing plate [5],
be careful not to confuse the screw [3] with
the screw [4].
[1] 57gaf2c109na
81
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A assembly.
57gaf2c300na
10. Remove the E-ring [2] from the toner guide shaft
[4][5] [3] [2] [1]
[1] and then remove the cleaning gear /B [3].
Note
• When pulling out the cleaning gear /A assem-
bly, the shaft [4] and the splash prevention felt
[5] may come off. When they come off, be
sure to replace the splash prevention felt with
a new one.
57gaf2c110na
82
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
11. Remove the E-ring [2] from the toner guide shaft
[2] [1]
57gaf2c111na
12. Remove the C-clip [1] and then remove the bear-
[1] [2] [3] ing [2].
13. Pull out the toner guide shaft [3] for removal.
57gaf2c112na
Note
[1][2]
• When installing the toner guide shaft, be sure
to insert it while holding it so that the bearing
[1] does not come off.
• When inserting the toner guide shaft and the
bearing come off, be sure to replace the
splash prevention felt [2] with a new one.
57gaf2c113na
83
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• When installing the toner guide plate assem-
bly, be sure to fasten it with it run against the
lower side.
[2] [1]
57gaf2c114na
84
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
[1] ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2,"
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
2. Release the stoppers [1] at 2 places, and remove
the paper dust removing brush [2].
[2]
57gaf2c115na
57gaf2c116na
85
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
• Feed roller: Every 1,000,000 prints (once for every 300,000 prints (tray 1, 2)/once for every 500,000 prints
(tray 3) for actual replacement cycle)
• Pick-up roller: Every 1,000,000 prints (once for every 300,000 prints (tray 1, 2)/once for every 500,000
prints (tray 3) for actual replacement cycle)
B. Procedure
Note
• The method for replacing the pick-up roller assembly is the same for tray 1, 2 and 3. The explana-
tion here is given for tray 1.
• After completion of the installation, rotate the pick-up roller in the direction of the paper feed
(counterclockwise as seen from the front) to check to see if the paper feed roller, the belt and the
coupling section rotate smoothly. The rotation of the pick-up roller is restricted only to the direc-
tion of the paper feed (counterclockwise as seen from the front) and be absolutely sure not to turn
it clockwise.
Note
• When installing the pick-up roller assembly
[4], be sure to take note of the following.
1) Be careful not to damage it with the paper
feed reference actuators /Fr [1] and /Rr
[12].
2) Install it so that the pin [6] of the shaft [5] is
engaged with the coupling [7].
3) Check to see if the shaft [10] is set
securely to the arm [9] of the guide plate.
86
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• When installing the pick-up roller [1], be sure
to install it so that the projection [4] comes to
the opposite side of the gear [5].
• When installing the feed roller [3], be sure to
install it so that the flange [6] of the collar
comes to the opposite side of the gear [7].
[4] [1]
57gaf2c120na
Note
• When installing the pick-up roller, be sure to
check to see if the roller is smeared with
grease.
[2]
57gaf2c121na
87
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
14. Remove the feed roller [1] from the collar [2].
[2] [1]
bizhub PRO 920
Note
• The paper feed roller and the separation roller
are the same in their appearance and form.
However, the inside of the feed roller is pro-
vided with a one-way mechanism, and the
separation roller not provided with the one.
So, be careful not to confuse one with the
other.
• When installing the paper feed roller, be sure
to check to see if the roller is smeared with
grease.
57gaf2c122na
15. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
88
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
Note
• The replacement method of the separation roller assembly is the same for all the trays 1, 2 and 3.
The explanation here is made of the tray 1.
57gaf2c123na
89
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
57gaf2c125na
[1] [2]
57gaf2c126na
90
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• The feed roller and the separation roller are
the same in their appearance and form. How-
ever, the inside of the feed roller is provided
with a one-way mechanism and the separa-
tion roller not provided with the one. So, be
careful not to confuse one with the other.
• When installing it, be sure to check to see if
the separation roller is smeared with grease.
91
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.13.4 Replacing the paper feed clutch (CL3, CL5, CL7)/pre-registration clutch (CL4, CL6, CL8)
(Trays 1, 2, 3)
bizhub PRO 920
B. Procedure
Note
• The replacement method of the paper feed clutch and the pre-registration clutch is the same for
all the trays 1, 2 and 3. The explanation here is made of the tray 1.
• When the replacement is made for the trays 2 and 3, be sure to remove all the trays on the upper
stage in advance before starting operations.
92
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
[1] [2]
93
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
• Pre-registration roller /1, /2, /3: Every 10,000,000 prints (once for every 6,000,000 prints for actual replace-
ment cycle)
B. Procedure
Note
• The replacement method of the pre-registration roller is the same for both the trays 1 and 2. How-
ever, the replacement method for the tray 3 is a little different and a note is given only when a dif-
ferent procedure is employed for replacement. The explanation here is given of the tray 1.
• When the replacement is made for the trays 2 and 3, be sure to remove all the trays on the upper
stage in advance before starting operations.
• After replacing the pre-registration roller, be sure to adjust the tilt of the pre-registration roller.
(See "11.4.1 Pre-registration roller skew adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3."
Note
• When installing the tray cover, be sure to con-
nect the connector securely. Failing to con-
nect it results in the pull-out of all the trays
unavailable.
[2]
[3] 57gaf2c130na
94
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
[4] Note
• When replacing the pre-registration roller /3
(tray 3), be sure to skip steps 7 to 9.
[3]
Note
57gaf2c131na
• When installing it, be sure to set the pin of the
shaft [4] to the coupling [5].
[1] [2]
57gaf2c132na
95
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[5]
lever [3].
Note
• When installing it, be sure to push the lock
lever [3] in the arrow-marked direction [4] and
[6]
check to see if it returns to the original posi-
tion.
[8]
[7]
[10]
[9] 57gaf2c133na
96
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Remove the rear cover. (See "6.3.1 Removing/
reinstalling the rear cover.")
2. Remove the right cover /Lw. (See "6.3.4 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Lw.")
3. Pull out the tray 3. (See "6.3.20 Removing/rein-
stalling the paper feed tray 3.")
4. Remove the connector [1].
5. Remove 4 screws [2].
6. Release the 2 board supports [3] and remove the
paper feed motor assembly [4].
[2] 57gaf2c302na
97
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• The shaft [3] is inserted with the pin [4]. Be
careful that the pin does not get lost.
• When installing the paper feed input gear, be
sure to set the stopper [5] to the pin.
57gaf2c303na
98
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover /Up. (See "6.3.3 Remov-
[1] [2]
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Up.")
2. Remove the connector [1].
3. Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the cooling
[3] fan /4 (FM12) assembly [3].
4. Remove the connector [4].
5. Remove the screws [5], 2 each, and then remove
the bypass tray [6].
Note
• When installing the bypass tray, be sure to
[7]
slide it in the arrow-marked direction [7] to
the limit.
[5]
[6]
[5]
[4]
57gaf2c174na
99
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
ing [2].
7. Remove the C-clip [3] and then remove the bear-
ing [4].
8. Remove the pick-up roller assembly [5].
Note
• When installing the pick-up roller assembly,
be sure to set the pin [7] of the shaft [6] to the
coupling [8].
• When installing the pick-up roller assembly,
be sure to position the section indicated by
[3] [4] [5] [2] [1] [9] above the solenoid lever [10].
• When installing the pick-up roller assembly,
be sure to check to see if the rubber of each
roller is not smeared with grease.
57gaf2c175na
Note
• When installing the slide bearing, be sure to
install it in the direction in which the side with
a wider flange protrudes from the shaft lifting
assembly [5].
100
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
12. Remove the pick-up roller [2] from the shaft [1].
[3]
[3] [1]
57gaf2c178na
101
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• When installing the slide bearing, be sure to
install it in the direction in which the side with
a wider flange protrudes from the shaft lifting
assembly [3].
15. Slide the entire paper feed roller assembly [2] and
release the bearing [4] from the shaft lifting
assembly [3] to remove the paper feed roller
assembly.
16. Remove the paper feed roller [2] from the shaft [1].
[1] [4] [2]
Note
• When installing the paper feed roller, be sure
to install it so that the paint mark [3] side
comes to the gear [4] side.
[3]
57gaf2c180na
102
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
17. Remove the collar [2] from the feed roller [1].
[1] [2]
18. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
57gaf2c181na
B. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover /Up. (See "6.3.3 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Up.")
2. Remove the bypass tray. (See "3.14.1 Replacing
the feed roller/pick-up roller.")
3. Remove the spring /1 [1].
Note
[2]
• According to the separation pressure, 3
installation holes [2] are provided on the
[1] frame side of the spring. When installing the
spring /1 [1], be sure to install it to the hole
from which it was removed.
57gaf2c182na
103
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• The shaft [4] of the separation roller unit is
inserted with the spacer [5]. Be careful that it
does not get lost.
• When installing the separation roller, be sure
[2] to insert the projection [8] into the stopper [7]
of the spring [6].
[5]
[4]
[6]
Note
• When installing the separation roller, be sure
to install it so that the paint mark [3] comes to
the torque limiter [4] side.
• When installing the separation roller, be sure
to check to see if the separation roller is not
smeared with grease.
57gaf2c184na
104
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
57gaf2c185na
105
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
[2]
• If the vertical conveyance covers, /Up[2] and /
Lw[3], were removed after the vertical con-
veyance unit [1] was removed, be sure to
install the vertical conveyance unit first to the
main body and then install the vertical con-
veyance covers, /Lw and Up. Never install the
[1] vertical conveyance covers, /Up and /Lw,
while the vertical conveyance unit is removed.
[3] 57gaf2c309na
B. Procedure
1. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the vertical
[2] [1]
conveyance door cover /Up [2].
Note
• When installing the vertical conveyance door
cover /Up [2], be sure to tighten it up together
with the vertical conveyance door cover /Lw
[4].
106
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
[1] [2]
57gaf2c193na
107
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
• Vertical conveyance clutch /1 (CL9): Every 6,000,000 prints (once for every 4,500,000 prints for actual
replacement cycle)
• Vertical conveyance clutch /2 (CL10): Every 6,000,000 prints (once for every 4,500,000 prints for actual
replacement cycle)
B. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover /Lw. (See "6.3.4 Remov-
[2]
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Lw.")
[1] 2. Remove the connector [1].
[4] 3. Remove 4 screws [2] and then remove the vertical
conveyance unit[3].
Note
[3] • When placing the vertical conveyance unit [3],
be sure to place it with the jam open/close
door [4] down.
[2] 57gaf2c195na
108
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• When installing CL10, be sure to set the stop-
per [4] to the guide [5].
Note
• When installing CL9, be sure to set the stop-
[2] [5] [4] [1]
per [9] to the guide [10].
[8]
109
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
• Conveyance roller /1: Every 6,000,000 prints (once for every 6,000,000 prints for actual replacement cycle)
B. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover /Lw. (See "6.3.4 Remov-
[4]
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Lw.")
[5] 2. Remove the vertical conveyance unit. (See
"3.15.2 Replacing the vertical conveyance clutch /
1 (CL9) and /2 (CL10).")
[3] [4]
3. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the gear
[2] and the pin [3].
4. Remove the 2 E-rings [4] and then remove the 2
bearing [5] and the conveyance roller /1 [6].
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[6]
[1]
[2] 57gaf2c197na
B. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover /Lw. (See "6.3.4 Remov-
[1]
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Lw.")
2. Remove the vertical conveyance clutch /1 (CL9)
[2] (See "3.15.2 Replacing the vertical conveyance
clutch /1 (CL9) and /2 (CL10).")
3. Remove the 2 E-rings [1] and then remove the 2
bearing [2] and the vertical conveyance roller /2
[3].
4. Following steps 2 and 3, remove the vertical con-
veyance roller /3 [4].
[1] 5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
[4]
steps in reverse.
[3] 57gaf2c198na
110
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover /Lw. (See "6.3.4 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Lw.")
2. Remove the vertical conveyance unit. (See
"3.15.2 Replacing the vertical conveyance clutch /
[1] 1 (CL9) and /2 (CL10).")
3. Clean the vertical conveyance sensor /2 (PS53) [1]
and the loop sensor (PS54) [2] with a blower
brush.
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
57gaf2c310na
111
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Procedure
1. Open the front door /Rt [1], /Lt [2.
[2] [1]
2. Bring down the ADU pull-out lever [5] while press-
ing the lock release lever [3] with a screwdriver in
the arrow-marked direction [4], and pull out the
ADU [6].
57gaf2c200na
[2] 57gaf2c205na
112
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Open the open/close guide /1 [1].
3. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the ADU
pull-out lever [3].
[3]
[1]
[2]
57gaf2c209na
[4]
[4] [5] 57gaf2c210na
113
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[2] 57gaf2c211na
Note
• When installing it, be sure to set the stopper
[4] of the clutch to the guide plate [5].
114
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
57gaf2c213na
115
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• When installing it, be sure to engage the stop-
per of the registration clutch (CL1) with the
stopper section. (See "3.16.2 Replacing the
registration clutch (CL1).")
[1]
[1] [2]
57gaf2c214na
116
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body and then
[2] remove the paper dust removing brush /1. (See
"3.16.1 Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the ADU cover and then remove the reg-
istration clutch. (See "3.16.2 Replacing the regis-
tration clutch (CL1).")
3. Remove the registration section. (See "3.16.3
[1]
Removing/reinstalling the registration section.")
[5] 4. Remove the E-rings [1], 1 each, and then remove
the registration bearings [2], 1 each.
5. After sliding the registration roller [3] in the arrow-
marked direction [4], pull it out while lifting it up in
the arrow-marked direction [5].
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
[4] steps in reverse.
[3]
[1] [2]
57gaf2c215na
117
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.16.5 Replacing the loop roller/ADU exit roller/pre-registration roller/ADU pre-registration bearing/
ADU pre-registration clutch (CL2)
bizhub PRO 920
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[5] [4] [1]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the ADU cover. (See "3.16.2 Replacing
the registration clutch (CL1).")
3. Remove the registration section. (See "3.16.3
Removing/reinstalling the registration section.")
4. Remove the connector [1].
5. Remove the C-clip [2] and then remove the ADU
pre-registration clutch (CL2) [3].
Note
• When installing it, be sure to set the stopper
[4] of the clutch to the guide plate [5].
[3] [2]
57gaf2c216na
118
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
57gaf2c217na
119
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• When installing the registration motor assem-
bly [4], be sure to set the positioning hole [5]
to the projection [6] of the ADU.
57gaf2c218na
[2] [3]
[5]
[1] [4] 57gaf2c219na
120
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
13. Remove the 2 screws [1] and slide the bearing [2]
[7] [6] [1]
[4]
16. Remove the 2 E-rings [2] and the bearing [3] from
the loop roller [1].
[3]
Note
• When installing the bearing, be sure to install
[2]
it so that the flange turns outside.
[1]
[2] 57gaf2c221na
17. Remove the 2 E-rings [2] and the bearing [3] from
[2]
the ADU exit roller [1].
[3]
Note
• When installing the bearing, be sure to install
it so that the flange turns outside.
[1] 57gaf2c222na
[1] [2]
[2] 57gaf2c223na
121
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the ADU cover. (See "3.16.2 Replacing
the registration clutch (CL1).")
3. Remove the registration section. (See "3.16.3
Removing/reinstalling the registration section.")
4. Remove the registration motor assembly. (See
"3.16.5 Replacing the loop roller/ADU exit roller/
pre-registration roller/ADU pre-registration bear-
ing/ADU pre-registration clutch (CL2).")
[1] [2] 5. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the trans-
57gaf2c224na
fer motor assembly[2].
Note
• When installing the transfer motor assembly
[2], be sure to set the positioning hole to the
projection of the ADU.
122
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
[1] [1]
6. Remove 7 connectors [1] and [2].
[2]
57gaf2c225na
123
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• When installing the ADU lock solenoid
assembly [2], be sure to set the positioning
hole to the projection of the ADU.
57gaf2c228na
124
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• When installing the bearing, be sure to install
it so that the flange turns outside.
[1] 57gaf2c231na
125
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[2] [3]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the ADU cover. (See "3.16.2 Replacing
the registration clutch (CL1).")
3. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
4. Remove the connector [1].
5. Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the ADU
cooling fan /3 (FM22) [3].
[1]
57gaf2c232na
126
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
[2]
127
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[5][6] [4]
8. Remove 2 connectors [1].
9. Remove the 3 screws [2] and then remove the
bizhub PRO 920
Note
• When installing the ADU reverse motor
assembly [3], be sure to set the positioning
hole [5] to the projection [6] of the ADU.
[2] [2]
[4] 57gaf2c235na
128
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
12. Remove the 2 screws [1] and slide the bearing [2]
[1]
[3] [2]
57gaf2c236na
13. Remove the 2 E-ring [2] and the bearing [3] from
[2]
the ADU reverse roller [1].
Note
• When installing the bearing, be sure to install
it so that the flange turns outside.
129
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[1]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the ADU cover. (See "3.16.2 Replacing
the registration clutch (CL1).")
3. Remove the JAM indicator board assembly. (See
"3.16.7 Replacing the ADU reverse roller.")
4. Remove 3 connectors [1].
[1]
57gaf2c238na
130
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• When installing the ADU drive board assem-
bly, be sure to set the positioning hole to the
projection of the ADU.
131
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[1]
[2]
[3]
57gaf2c241na
132
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• When installing the wiring harness guide plate
assembly, be sure to set the positioning hole
to the projection of the ADU.
[5] [3]
12. Remove the 2 screws [1] and slide the bearing [2]
[2] [3] [5] [6] to the front side to remove the ADU conveyance
roller /1 [3].
Note
• When installing the bearing of each of the roll-
ers, be sure to install it so that the flange
turns outside.
13. Remove the 2 screws [4] and slide the bearing [5]
to the front side to remove the ADU conveyance
roller /2 [6].
[1] [4]
57gaf2c244na
133
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[2] 57gaf2c245na
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the ADU cover. (See "3.16.2 Replacing
the registration clutch (CL1).")
3. Remove the JAM indicator board assembly. (See
"3.16.7 Replacing the ADU reverse roller.")
4. Remove the ADU drive board assembly. (See
"3.16.8 Replacing the ADU conveyance roller /1, /
2.")
5. Loosen the screw [1] and remove the knob [2].
6. Remove 2 E-rings [3] and then remove 2 spacers
[4].
[7] [4] [6] [3]
7. Remove the belt [5].
8. Remove the 2 pulleys [6] and pull out the 2 pins [7]
from the shaft.
[1]
[6]
[2]
[7]
134
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
[2] [1]
[2] [1] [3] 57gaf2c247na
12. Remove the 2 screws [1] and slide the bearing [2]
[1] [5] [6] [8] [9] to the front side to remove the paper reverse/exit
roller [3].
[3] Note
• When installing the bearing of each of the roll-
[2] ers, be sure to install it so that the flange
[1] turns outside.
13. Remove the 2 screws [4] and slide the bearing [5]
to the front side to remove the paper reverse/exit
[4] [7] roller /2 [6].
57gaf2c248na
14. Remove the 2 screws [7] and slide the bearing [8]
to the front side to remove the paper reverse/exit
roller /3 [3].
[2] 15. Remove the 2 E-rings [2] and the bearing [3] from
the paper reverse/exit roller [1].
135
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
16. Remove the 2 E-rings [2] and the bearing [3] from
[2]
bizhub PRO 920
17. Remove the 2 E-rings [2] and the bearing [3] from
[2] the paper reverse/exit roller /3 [1].
18. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
136
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
[2]
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Loosen the 2 screws [1] and remove the paper
reverse/exit cover [2].
4. Remove the E-ring [3] and then remove the one-
way clutch [4].
Note
• When installing the one-way clutch [4], be
sure to install it so that the gear [5] comes to
the opposite side of the paper reverse/exit
[1] section.
[4] [5]
[3] 57gaf2c252na
137
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• When installing the bearing, be sure to install
it so that the flange turns outside.
[2] 57gaf2c254na
138
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[2]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Loosen 2 screws [1] and remove the reverse/exit
section cover [2].
[1] 57gaf2c255na
139
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[3] [2]
[4] [1]
[5] [6]
57gaf2c256na
140
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• The guide [5] is not allowed to be replaced.
Note
• When installing it, be sure to conduct "C.
Adjustment."
[1]
[4]
57gaf2c257na
C. Adjustment
1. Loosen 2 screws [1].
2. Make a bundle of zz sheets of 80 g/m2 paper,
and put this bundle between the paper reverse/
exit switching gate [2] and the guide plate [3].
3. Tight up the 2 screws [1].
1.
5~
[1]
2m
m
[2]
[3] 57gaf2c258na
141
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing section. (See "3.17.1 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the transfer/separation charge. (See
"3.9.1 Replacing the transfer/separation unit.")
4. Remove the registration section. (See "3.16.3
[1] [2]
Removing/reinstalling the registration section.")
5. Remove the ADU. (See "6.3.22 Removing/rein-
stalling the ADU.")
6. Remove the JAM indicator board assembly and
the ADU reverse motor assembly. (See "3.16.7
Replacing the ADU reverse roller.")
7. Remove 9 connectors [1].
8. Remove the connector [2].
[1] [1]
[1] 57gaf2c312nb
142
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• The fan holder cover assembly is left con-
nected with the wiring [4]. After removing the
fan holder cover assembly, be sure to put it
on the fusing guide rail assembly [5].
Note
• The fusing guide rail assembly is left con-
nected with the wiring. After removing it, be
[1] [5] [3]
sure to evacuate it to the rear side with the
fan holder cover assembly [5] put on it.
[3] [4]
[2] 57gaf2c314nb
143
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• When reinstalling it, be sure to hook the end
[5] of the spring [4] to the underside of the
actuator mounting plate.
• After installing the sensor actuator, be sure to
rotate the sensor actuator in the arrow-
marked direction [6] to check to see if it
[4] [2] returns to its original position.
[3] [6]
[3] [2] [1] [2] [5] 57gaf2c315nb
Note
• When reinstalling it, be sure to insert the end
[3] of the spring into the installation hole [4].
[1]
[3] 57gaf2c316nb
144
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
[1] [2]
57gaf2c317nb
145
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
17. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the ADU
bizhub PRO 920
[2] [3]
[1] 57gaf2c318nb
19. Remove the screws [1], [2] and [3], 2 each, and
[1][6] [5] [4]
then remove the ADU fixing plate /4 [4].
Note
• When removing the 2 screws [2], be sure to
raise the charger rail assembly [5] so that a
driver can be inserted perpendicular to the
screws [2].
[2] • At each of the 2 screw sections [1], the spac-
ers [6], 1 each, are provided on the back side
of the ADU fixing plate /4. Be careful that they
do not get lost.
[3]
57gaf2c319nb
146
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
20. Turn over the ADU fixing plate /4 [1] and remove
[2]
Note
• For the replacement method of the sensor
actuator, be sure to follow steps 13 and 14.
[1] [3]
57gaf2c320nb
147
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
21. Fold the A4 size paper [1] into two and cover it
[1] [2]
bizhub PRO 920
Caution
• Be sure to cover the end section of the ADU
fixing plate /5 assembly with paper so that it
can be protected against the direct contact of
the hands. When not protected, it may be
damaged by burr.
Note
• For the replacement method of the sensor
actuator, be sure to follow steps 13 and 14.
57gaf2c321nb
148
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Caution
• Immediately after turning off the main power switch (SW1) or the power switch (SW2), the fusing
section is very hot and you may get burnt. Be sure to start operations when the temperature cools
down sufficiently.
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[3] [4]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Open the reverse/exit section [1].
3. Open the fusing exit section [2].
4. Loosen 2 screws [3] and remove the fusing cover
[4].
149
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• When fixing the fusing section [4], be sure to
press it to the rear side and tight up the screw
[3].
Note
• When lifting up the fusing section, be sure to
hold it at the jam release knob [6] and the
handle [7].
• When installing it, be sure to slide it with the
fusing section set to reversal section [8] side.
At this time, insert the sheet [9] of the reversal
section into the underside of the fusing paper
[3] [2] exit section.
Note
• When replacing the fusing unit, the rank set-
ting is required. For the setting method, see
"6.3.24 Setting the rank while in replacing the
fusing unit," and "10.9.1 Software switch set-
ting."
150
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• After the fusing unit /Up [5] is closed and
fixed, be sure to rotate the shaft for pressure.
• When opening the fusing unit /Up [5], it
[5] [4] becomes unstable. Be careful that it does not
fall down.
[6] 57gaf2c003na
151
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the fusing unit /Up. (See "3.17.2 Open-
ing/closing the fusing unit /Up.")
4. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the
cleaning web [2].
Note
• When installing a new cleaning web, be sure
to set the slits [4] at 2 places of the cleaning
[1] [5] web to the hooks [3] at 2 places. And, be sure
to set the pin [8] of the shaft [7] to the groove
[6] of the take-up gear [5] so that the cleaning
web does not get slackened.
• The performance of a new cleaning web is
guaranteed on and after the position at which
the blue line [9] is broken. When installing it,
[7] [8] [6] [6] be sure to rotate the pin [8] to take it up to the
position at which the blue line is broken.
Note
• When the cleaning web is replaced, be sure to
reset the counter of the cleaning web in the
Tech. Rep. mode. (See "10. Tech. Rep. mode"
in the Field Service.)
57gaf2c004na
152
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[6]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Open the fusing unit /Up. (See "3.17.2 Opening/
closing the fusing unit /Up.")
4. Remove each of the screws [1] and then remove 2
clamps [2].
Note
• When reinstalling the clamp, be sure to install
it in the correct position. When it is installed in
a wrong position, the fusing cover cannot be
[7] [8] [5] attached.
Note
• When removing the faston, be sure to hold the
connector section for removal. Be absolutely
sure to avoid pulling it out by holding the wir-
ing section.
Note
• When removing the faston, be sure to hold the
connector section for removal. Be absolutely
sure to avoid pulling it out by holding the wir-
ing section.
153
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• When reinstalling each of the fusing heater
lamps, check to see if either end of each lamp
is set in the fitting holes of the lamp fixing
plates /Fr [4] and /Rr [8].
[6] [7] [5] [4]
• Be sure to install each of the fusing heater
lamps so that the manufacturer mark [9]
comes to front side.
[9] • After each of the fusing heater lamps is
installed, check to see if it is in touch with the
inner face of the fusing roller /Up [10].
[8] [10]
57gaf2c006na
154
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.17.5 Replacing the fusing roller /Up, the bearing /Up, the heat insulating sleeve /Up and the fusing
gear
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[1]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Open the fusing unit /Up. (See "3.17.2 Opening/
closing the fusing unit /Up.")
4. Remove the fusing heater lamps /1 and /2. (See
"3.17.4 Replacing the fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
and /2 (L3).")
5. Remove the fusing roller /Up [1].
57gaf2c007na
155
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• When installing the heat insulating sleeve and
the bearing /Up, be sure to install them so
that the flanges [6] turn outside.
Note
[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] • When installing the heat insulating sleeve and
the bearing /Up, be sure to install them so
that the flanges [10] turn outside.
Note
[10] • When installing the heat insulating sleeve, be
sure to apply Multemp FF-RM (Tri-flow also
available) to its inside and outside peripher-
ies.
156
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the fusing unit /Up. (See "3.17.2 Open-
ing/closing the fusing unit /Up.")
4. Remove the fusing heater lamps /1 and /2. (See
"3.17.4 Replacing the fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
and /2 (L3).")
5. Remove the fusing roller /Up. (See "3.17.5
Replacing the fusing roller /Up, the bearing /Up,
the heat insulating sleeve /Up and the fusing
[1] [5] gear.")
6. Remove the springs [1] (longer one) and [2]
(shorter one).
Note
• The springs [1] and [2] are different in length
and size. When installing them, be sure take
note of places to which they are installed.
Note
• When installing the thick paper conveyance
assist plate [6], after installing the springs [1]
and [2] and the ground terminal [4], be sure to
push the thick paper conveyance assist plate
in the paper exit direction and check to see if
it moves smoothly.
157
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• When installing it, before pressing the fusing
roller /Lw, be sure to adjust the spring posi-
tion so that the distance "a" [6] between each
end of the 2 springs [4] and each end of the
presser plates [5] is within a specified value.
Failing to conduct this operation may result in
insufficient fusing when printing a thick paper.
[3] [1] [2] Specified value a: 2 to 4 mm
[5] [4]
[6]
57gaf2c009na
158
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
• When installing the fixing plate, be sure to set
[3][4] [1] each of the positioning holes [3] to each pro-
jection [4] of the fusing section.
[1] [2]
[3][4] 57gaf2c011na
159
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[1]
[4] [3]
[1]
[2] 57gaf2c012na
160
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
[2] [3]
[1] 57gaf2c013na
161
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[2]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the fusing heating roller assembly. (See
"3.17.7 Removing/reinstalling the fusing heat roller
assembly.")
4. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the fusing
cleaning unit [2].
[1] 57gaf2c014na
[1] 57gaf2c015na
162
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the fusing heating roller assembly. (See
"3.17.7 Removing/reinstalling the fusing heat roller
assembly.")
4. Cut off the wiring band [1] and remove the con-
nector [2].
Note
• When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).
[1] [2]
Note
• When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).
57gaf2c016na
163
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• When installing the fixing plate /Rr [2], be sure
to set the positioning holes [3] at 2 places to
the projections [4] at 2 places of the fusing
section.
10. Pull out and remove the fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
in the arrow-marked direction [10].
Note
• When installing the L4, be sure to check to
see if each end is set to the installation holes
of the lamp fixing plates /Fr [6] and /Rr [2].
• Be sure to install the L4 so that the manufac-
turer mark comes to front side (faston termi-
nal side).
• After installing the L4, be sure to check to see
if it is not in contact with the inner surface of
the fusing heat roller.
[6]
[9] [7] [8] [5] 57gaf2c279na
164
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.17.10 Replacing the fusing heat roller, the heat roller bearing and the heat insulating sleeve /Lw
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[1] [2]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the fusing heating roller assembly. (See
"3.17.7 Removing/reinstalling the fusing heat roller
assembly.")
4. Remove the fusing cleaning unit. (See "3.17.8
Replacing the fusing cleaning sheet assembly.")
5. Remove the fusing heater lamp /3 (L4). (See
"3.17.9 Replacing the fusing heater lamp /3 (L4).")
6. Remove the C-rings [1], 1 each, and then remove
the heating roller bearings [2], 1 each, to remove
the fusing heating roller [3].
[5] [4] [3]
Note
• When reinstalling the heating roller bearing,
be sure to take note of the direction of the
flange [4].
Note
• When reinstalling the heat insulating sleeves /
[2] [5] Lw, make sure that each of the flanges turn to
the fusing heating roller side.
165
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[1]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Open the fusing paper exit section. (See "3.17.2
Opening/closing the fusing unit /Up.")
4. Remove the screws [1], 1 each, and then remove
2 fusing claw /Lw assemblies [2].
Note
• When installing the fusing claw /Lw assembly,
be sure to set the positioning holes [3] at 2
places to the projections [4] at 2 places of the
fusing paper exit section.
[3][4] [2]
57gaf2c018na
Note
• When reinstalling the fusing claw /Lw, be sure
to take note of the position [4] to which the
spring is hooked.
[4] 57gaf2c019na
166
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
[2]
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Open the fusing paper exit section. (See "3.17.2
Opening/closing the fusing unit /Up.")
[1]
4. Remove the springs [1], 1 each, and then remove
6 fusing claws /Up [2].
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2] 57gaf2c020na
167
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[1] [2] [7] [6]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Open the fusing paper exit section. (See "3.17.2
Opening/closing the fusing unit /Up.")
4. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the fusing
claw /Lw assembly [2] (on the rear side).
Note
• When reinstalling the fusing claw /Lw assem-
bly, be sure to set the positioning hole [3] to
the projection [4] of the fusing paper exit sec-
tion.
[3][4] [5]
5. Remove 2 connectors [5].
6. Remove 2 screws [6] and then remove the sensor
assembly[7].
57gaf2c021na
Note
• When installing the fusing actuator, be sure to
take note of the positions [3] and [4] to which
the springs are installed.
• After installing the fusing actuator, be sure to
check to see if the actuator gets back to the
original position when the end [5] is pushed
down. When it does not get back to the origi-
nal position, wind the spring 1 turn around the
spring attached section [4].
168
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the web motor assembly. (See "3.17.20
Replacing the web motor (M16).")
4. Open the fusing paper exit section [1].
5. Insert the screwdriver [4] into the hole [3] of the
shaft [2] and rotate the shaft [2] clockwise to
release pressure.
Note
[6] [5] [7] • After installing the fusing unit /Up [5], be sure
to rotate the shaft for pressure.
57gaf2c023na
169
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).
Note
• The connector is a 3-pin connector.
• The connector is made up of a male connec-
tor for relay and 2 female connectors. It is a
good practice to use a female connector with
both cables while as a guide.
[2]
10. Remove the screw [3] and then remove the ther-
mistor /2 assembly [4].
11. Remove the screw [5] and then remove the ther-
mistor /2 (TH2) [6].
12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[3] [6]
170
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
A. Removal procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[1] [2]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the web motor assembly. (See "3.17.20
Replacing the web motor (M16).")
4. Remove the fusing unit /Up. (See "3.17.14
Replacing the thermistor /2 (TH2).")
5. Cut off 2 wiring bands [1].
Note
• When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).
Note
• The connector is a 2-pin connector.
• The connector is made up of a male connec-
tor for relay and 2 female connectors. With a
female connector with white and red cables
used as a guide, be sure to remove a connec-
tor on the white cable side.
Note
• For the method for installing the thermistor /1
assembly, see "B. Installation procedure."
[4] 57gaf2c025na
171
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).
B. Installation procedure
1. Reassemble the thermistor /1 assembly. (See "A.
Removal procedure.")
[4]
2. Insert the temperature sensor positioning jig
(55VAJG011) [3] between the thermistor /1 (TH1)
[1] and the fusing roller /Up [2].
3. Adjust the position of the TH1 so that the distance
becomes equal to the thickness of the tempera-
ture sensor positioning jig, and fasten the thermis-
tor /1 assembly with 2 screws [4].
[2] [3] [1]
[7] Note
[6] a • Be sure to adjust the distance a [7] between
[5]
the TH1[5] and the fusing roller /Up [6] so that
it becomes equal to the thickness of the tem-
perature sensor positioning jig (55VAJG011).
Specified value: a = 0.75 ± 0.1mm
• Make sure that the TH1 is parallel to the roller.
57gaf2c027na
4. Apply Screw-lock to 2 screws [4].
5. For the parts to be reinstalled hereafter, reinstall
them following the removal steps in reverse.
6. Set the software DIPSW38-5, 6, 7 to 000.
7. Erase a 3-digit code shown on the front side of the
fusing unit with a drum cleaner and a cleaning pad.
8. Make a print and check to see if there is any trou-
ble found with fusibility (insufficient fusibility or
excessive curling of paper).
Note
• When there is any trouble found with fusibility,
be sure to replace the software DIPSW19-0, 1,
2, 3 and adjust them.
172
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[1] [3]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Open the fusing heating roller assembly. (See
"3.17.7 Removing/reinstalling the fusing heat roller
assembly.")
4. Cut off the wiring bands [1] at 2 places and [2].
Note
• When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).
Note
• The connector is a 4-pin connector.
• The connector is made up of a male connec-
tor for relay and 2 female connectors. With a
female connector with white and black cables
used as a guide, be sure to remove a connec-
tor on the white cable side.
173
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).
[2] 57gaf2c029na
174
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
A. Removal procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[1] [3]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Open the fusing heating roller assembly. (See
"3.17.7 Removing/reinstalling the fusing heat roller
assembly.")
4. Cut off the wiring bands [1] at 2 places and [2].
Note
• When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).
Note
• The connector is a 5-pin connector.
• The connector is made up of a male connec-
tor for relay and 2 female connectors. With a
female connector with white and blue cables
used as a guide, be sure to remove a connec-
tor on the white cable side.
175
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).
B. Installation procedure
1. Reassemble the thermistor /3 assembly.
[1] 2. Insert the temperature sensor positioning jig
(55VAJG021) [3] between the thermistor /3 (TH3)
[4]
[1] and the fusing heat roller [2].
3. Adjust the position of the TH3 so that the distance
becomes equal to the thickness of the tempera-
ture sensor positioning jig, and fasten the thermis-
[2] tor /3 assembly with 2 screws [4].
Note
[3]
• Make sure that the distance "a" [5] between
the TH3 [1] and the fusing heat roller [3]
[2] becomes equal to the thickness of the tem-
a
176
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
A. Removal procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[1] [2] [3] [1]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the web motor assembly. (See "3.17.20
Replacing the web motor (M16).")
4. Remove the fusing unit /Up. (See "3.17.14
Replacing the thermistor /2 (TH2).")
5. Remove 2 fastons [1].
Note
• When removing the faston, be sure remove it
by holding its joint. Be absolutely sure not to
pull it out by holding the wiring section.
Note
• For the method for installing the thermostat /
1 assembly, see "B. Installation procedure"
57gaf2c033na
[1] 57gaf2c034na
177
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Installation procedure
1. Reassemble the thermistor /1 assembly.
bizhub PRO 920
Note
• Be sure to adjust the distance a [8] between
[3] [4] the TS1 and the fusing roller /Up [7] so that it
[7] becomes equal to the thickness of the ther-
[6] mostat positioning jig (55VAJG031).
Specified value: a = 3.0 ± 0.2mm
57gaf2c035na
178
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
A. Removal procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[1] [3] [1] [2] Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the fusing heating roller assembly. (See
"3.17.7 Removing/reinstalling the fusing heat roller
assembly.")
4. Remove 2 fastons [1].
Note
• When removing the faston, be sure remove it
by holding its joint. Be absolutely sure not to
pull it out by holding the wiring section.
Note
• For the method for installing the thermostat /
2 assembly, see "B. Installation procedure."
[2] 57gaf2c037na
179
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Installation procedure
1. Reassemble the thermistor /2 assembly.
bizhub PRO 920
Note
• Be sure to adjust the distance a [8] between
the TS2 [6] and the fusing roller /Up [7] so
[5] [2] that it becomes equal to the thickness of the
57gaf2c038na
180
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[1] [2]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the web
motor assembly [2].
57gaf2c039na
181
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
3. PERIODIC CHECK Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
and pull the M16 [3] out of the shaft [2] for
removal.
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[3] 57gaf2c041na
182
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
1. Remove the 2 screws [1] and then remove the
[2] [1]
neutralizing brush [2].
2. Clean the paper exit roller [3] with a drum cleaner
and a cleaning pad.
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[3] 57gaf2c322nb
183
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
4. SERVICE TOOLS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
4. SERVICE TOOLS
bizhub PRO 920
184
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 4. SERVICE TOOLS
00VE-1003 Tester 1
185
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
4. SERVICE TOOLS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
186
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 4. SERVICE TOOLS
4.3 Materials
187
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
4. SERVICE TOOLS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
4.4.1 Outline
"Mail remote notification system" is a system that allows you to obtain a list print which can be output by the
main body using the Internet mail (E-mail).
Using this system dispenses not only with printing the list on paper but also visiting the users.
Sending a mail filled-in with a simple keyword to the main body allows you to receive by mail all sorts of list print
information of the main body.
(1) The main body has a server that can receive a mail using POP3 or IMAP protocol.
(2) The main body has a mail server that can send a mail using SMTP protocol.
(3) In the following 4 cases, "Mail remote notification system" does not operate in the main body.
• When the main power switch (SW1) is turned off.
• When the power switch (SW2) is turned off.
• While the main body is in auto shut-off.
• When the "Enhance Security Mode" is set to ON (the use of the main body NIC is not allowed.)
(1) The list print information of the main body you want to obtain can be received by mail.
List prints that can be obtained are the following 11 lists.
Mode memory list
User setting list
Font pattern list
Management list
Adjustment list
Parameter list
Use management list
Counter list
Pixel ratio list
Communication log list
Audit log report
(2) The counter list can be checked by cellular phone.
(3) A password used for certification of a mail can be changed.
(4) Directions for use of "Mail remote notification system" can be received by mail.
To make use of the above functions, it is necessary to send a mail to the main body with a simple
keyword (command).
For particulars of the command, See "4.4.5 Usage of the mail remote notification system."
188
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 4. SERVICE TOOLS
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Select [Utility/Counter] on the operation panel.
2 Press the [6 Administrator Setting] key.
3 Press the [4 Network Setting] key.
4 Press the [1 Machine NIC Setting] key.
5 Enter "IP Address," "Subnet Mask," and "Gateway Address."
6 Restart the main body.
Note
• The IP address of the main body is normally assigned by the system administrator. For particulars,
contact the system administrator.
Note
• No space is available in all items to be set. The following characters cannot be used for setting an
E-mail address.
()<>;:“[]
When an improper entry or setting is made on the Web browser, be sure to make corrections fol-
lowing the error massage. When no correction is made, a down load error of the program may
result.
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Start the Web browser.
When a proxy is set on the Web browser, the main body Web may not be accessible. For particulars,
contact the network administrator. For Web browser, Internet Explorer 6.02, Netscape Navigator 7.1
or Firefox 1.0 is recommended. However, no setting should be made from two or more browsers
simultaneously.
189
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
4. SERVICE TOOLS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Step Operation
bizhub PRO 920
2 Specify the IP address of the main body that is entered from "A. Setting from the operating panel."
"Main page" is displayed when an access is made to the Web Utilities of the main body.
190
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 4. SERVICE TOOLS
Step Operation
191
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
4. SERVICE TOOLS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Step Operation
bizhub PRO 920
Sending test A mail sending test is made on the SMTP server. A test mail is sent to "E-
mail address of this copy machine" set in Step 6.
Receiving test A receiving test is made on the receiving mail server. A test mail is received
from "E-mail address of this copy machine" set in Step 6.
192
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 4. SERVICE TOOLS
Note
• Mail software can be used without discrimination by OS and a hand-held device or a free mail
using browser.
• Use the mail software in the text mode. A mail in the HTML mode cannot be used.
• For the mail software, as a condition for reception, 128 characters or more are recommended as
the maximum number of characters displayed in a line.
• There are one or more spaces or TAB required between a command and an option that are written
in the mail. However, a line feed is not allowed.
• Enter all the commands that are written in the mail in alphanumeric characters (ASCII characters).
When any other characters are used, an error message "Command Not Found" is sent back.
• Start a command written in the mail from the line head without space.
When there is a space or TAB found at the line head, the line is ignored.
• The maximum number of commands available in a mail is ten. Commands exceeding ten are
ignored.
• Do not paste an attached file to a mail sent to the main body. This may be treated as an illegal mail
according to the size of the attached file.
193
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
4. SERVICE TOOLS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
• Do not enter a signature to a mail sent to the main body. A signature may be treated as a com-
mand and sent back as an error mail.
bizhub PRO 920
• When the power is shut off while the main body is sending/receiving a mail or when the main body
is printing the list print, the same mail may be sent back twice.
• The maximum number of mails that can be received by the main body at a time is five. When more
mails than 5 is being receive by the mail server, they will be handled while in the next reception.
194
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 4. SERVICE TOOLS
Note
• The counter related data cannot be written in the PB.
• The data of other main body (with a different serial number) cannot be written.
• When replacing PB, be sure to contact the service manager of the authorized distributor for
details.
A. Export of data
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
Note
• The use of this function is available only when you enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2 Access the "Extension for maintenance" function from Web Utilities of the main body.
4 Click [Submit...] of the export and then click [Save (S)] in the file download screen to specify the stor-
age place of the PC into which the data is back upped.
1 195
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
4. SERVICE TOOLS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Import of data
bizhub PRO 920
Note
• When replacing the parameter board (PB), be sure set the serial number (see "10.9.3 Serial No.
input") and the address (see "4.4.4 Initial setting") of the main body before importing data.
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
Note
• The use of this function is available only when you enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2 Access the "Extension for maintenance" function from Web Utilities of the main body and enter the
[Machine setting data Import/Export] mode.
3 "Machine setting data Import/Export screen"
Click [Browse...] of the import, specify the folder of the PC into which the backup data is stored and
press the [Submit...] key.
4 Make sure that the data has been written correctly and turn OFF and ON the main power switch
(SW1).
196 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
(1) ISWTrns
This is a software for Windows to rewrite flash ROM of the main body and rewrites firmware with the main body
and the PC locally connected with a parallel cable or UBS cable.
Note
• When upgrading the ISWTrns version, be sure to uninstall the old version of ISWTrns before install-
ing the new version of ISWTrns. When installed by overwriting, this may result in the installation by
the USB driver unavailable.
• When the main body uses the USB to conduct the ISW, it is necessary to install the USB driver of
the ISWTrns. For procedure for installation, see "5.2.3 Usage of the ISWTrns A. Installation of the
USB driver (Windows2000/XP)."
197
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
PC Overall control board (OACB) Printer control board (PRCB) FS control board (FSCB)
DF control board (DFCB)
IC board (ICB)
When executing the ISW over the entire system, be sure to execute it in the order given below. (To minimize the
occurrence of troubles resulting from the mismatch of the firmware version)
Note
• When OACB is replaced, be absolutely sure to execute first the ISW of the overall control (I1 to I5).
With OACB provided with no firmware of the overall control, the power source of the main body
will not be turned on.
A. When writing firmware newly (when replacing the board or when the rewrite of firmware fails)
Subject board Displayed when starting up Method for the ISW transmission
Overall control board Power save LED flashing Power ON mode
No display on operation panel
Other boards Error code display Tech. Rep. mode
For the overall control board (OACB), when something is wrong with firmware or no firmware is written, it is not
possible to start up normally. In this condition, when the power switch is turned on, the power save LED turns
on with firmware put in the standby condition.
For other boards, when the overall control firmware is in the normal condition with other firmware in the abnor-
mal condition, SC is displayed on the operation panel when the power is turned on.
Subject board Displayed when starting up Method for the ISW transmission
Overall control board Normal Tech. Rep. mode
Other boards Normal Tech. Rep. mode
198
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.2 ISWTrns
Item Specifications
Board to be rewritten Overall control board, Printer control board, DF control board, FS control board,
IC board
Rewritable firmware Image control I1 to I5 ALL, I1 to I5
Printer control C1 to C4 ALL, C1 to C4
Finisher N
ADF F
IP control P
Note
• For boards other than the above, ROM replacement is required.
199
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Start the PC.
2 Copy the setup files to the PC and double click the [Setup.exe] icon to start the install program.
Note
• When there remains the ISWTrns of the old version, uninstall the old version first, and
then install the new version.
3 "ISWTrns setup screen"
Following the instructions on the screen, check the folder to which an installation is made, and then
click [Next].
Note
• For default, "C:\Program Files\KONICA MINOLTA\ISWTrns" is set as a folder to which an
installation is made.
• When changing the folder to which an installation is made, click [Browse] and specify
the folder.
4 Following the instructions on the screen, check the folder to which the ISWTrns program is stored
and then click [Next].
Note
• For default, "ISWTrns" is set as a folder to which an installation is made.
• When changing the folder to which an installation is made, enter the folder name
directly, or select one from the existing folder displayed.
5 Following the instructions on the screen, click [Finish].
6 The installation of the ISWTrns program is automatically completed.
7 Select [ISWTrns] from the start menu or double-click the [ISWTrns] icon on the desk top to start up
the ISWTrns program.
200
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Step Operation
Note
• This screen is shown only when the program is started for the first time after installing
the ISWTrns.
9 "Option screen"
Click [Make Folder]
Note
• A folder (C\Program Files\KONICA MINOLTA\ISWTrns) into which the ISWTrns program
is installed as a storage folder is set by default.
• When changing the storage folder, click [Browse] to specify it arbitrarily or enter it
directly in the editor box in full path.
• Clicking [Make Folder] creates hierarchical folders with the storage folder set above as
a route.
10 "Option screen"
Click [OK].
Note
• This operation allows the data folder created in step 9 to be stored in the INI file of the
ISWTrns program.
201
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
When a connection is made between the PC and the main body with a USB cable, the installation of the USB
driver is automatically started by the plug-and-play. However, this may result in the installation of the Windows
USB driver (USBPRINT.SYS) and be sure to set the USB driver following the steps given below.
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 From the screen below, select "Install from a list or specific location," and then click [Next].
2 In the "Please choose your search and installation options" screen, select "Don't search. I will choose
the driver to install," and then click [Next].
3 Select the UBS driver in the driver selection screen and click "Next" to start installation.
Driver name: KONICA MINOLTA 1050/1050P/920 USB Driver for ISW
Note
• The USB driver is common to 1050/1050P and 920. So, when the UBS driver of 1050/
1050P has been already installed, the machine type of 920 is not displayed.
4 When the "Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard" screen is displayed, click [Finish] to exit the
installation.
5 Check the "Device Manager screen" to see if the USB driver has been correctly installed.
Driver name: KONICA MINOLTA 1050/1050P/920 USB Driver for ISW
Note
• The USB driver is common to 1050/1050P and 920. So, when the UBS driver of 1050/
1050P has been already installed, the machine type of 920 is not displayed.
202
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Step Operation
1 Start the PC.
2 Open "System" in "Control panel," select the "Device Manager" and search LPT1 in "Ports (COM &
LPT)."
• The LPT1 port is "ECP printer port (LPT1)," this is an ECP port.
• The LPT1 port is "Printer port (LPT1)," this is a normal parallel port.
3 When the printer port is set to the ECP port, change the BIOS setting of the PC to release the ECP
port.
Note
• The change of the BIOS varies depending on the PC. For release of the ECP mode, contact
the system administrator.
C. Firmware copy
By using the ISWTrns, firmware that transfers it to the main body is copied into the specified folder.
1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Start the PC.
2 Select "ISWTrns" from the start menu or double click the "ISWTrns" icon on the desktop to start up
the "ISWTrns."
3 Click [Option (O)] from the menu and then click [Option (O)].
4 "Option screen"
Click [Data Copy].
203
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Step Operation
bizhub PRO 920
Note
• The folder selected is shown in the upper display section of the "Original Files."
• In the lower display section of the "Original Files," the firmware related files stored in the
folder are shown.
6 Select a file you want to copy from the lower display section of the "Original Files."
Note
• The plural transferred files (rewritten data) can be selected.
• When copying all of the files that are displayed, skip this step and proceed to the step 7.
7 Click [Copy] automatically copies the selected file into the specified folder created by installing the
ISWTrns.
Note
• When copying all of the files that are displayed in the lower display section of the "Original
Files", click [Copy All] instead of [Copy].
• In the upper display section of the "Copied Files", a folder name created at the setup of the
ISWTrns is displayed.
• In the list shown in the lower display section of the "Copied Files," files the copy of which
has been successfully completed are listed in full path. In the "Failed to Copy Files", files
the copy of which have been failed are listed. As the causes of failure, following are consid-
ered.
A. There exists a file of the same name and "O/W" is not checked.
B. A folder into which a file is stored is not found.
C. An overwrite is made on an overwrite-prohibited file.
• When changing a file that is currently stored into a new data, click the overwrite check box
to make a check mark.
8 After completion of copy, click [Refresh].
9 Click [Cancel] to get back to "option screen."
10 "Option screen"
Click [OK].
204
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Step Operation
1 Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2 Press the [Firmware Version] key in [Tech. Rep. mode screen].
3 Press the [Firmware Version] key in the sub menu shown to the right of the screen.
4 "Indication of Firmware Version screen"
Step Operation
1 Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2 Press the [ISW] key in "Tech. Rep. mode screen."
3 Press the [ISW] key in the sub menu shown to the right of the screen.
4 "ISW mode screen"
205
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Turn OFF the power of the main body.
2 Turn OFF the power of the PC.
3 Connect the parallel cable [2] to the IEEE1284 port [1] of the PC.
[1]
[2]
57gaf2c277na
4 Connect the parallel cable [1] of the PC to the ISW connector [2] of the main body.
[1]
[2]
57gaf2c274na
206
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Turn OFF the power of the main body.
2 Turn OFF the power of the PC.
3 Connect the UBS cable [2] to the USB port [1] of the PC.
[1]
[2]
57gaf2c278na
4 Connect the UBS cable of the PC to the ISW connector of the main body.
57gaf2c275na
207
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Unplug the power cords of the main body and the optional equipment.
2 After loosening the 2 screws at the lower section of the ZU rear cover, remove the 2 screws at the
upper section and then remove the ZU rear cover.
[1]
[2]
[3] 57gaf2c276na
3 Remove the connector (CN6) [2] of the ZU control board (ZUCB) [1].
4 Connect the connector removed at step 3 to the short-circuit connector [3] that is hooked to the wire
saddle provided at the lower section of ZUCB.
5 After completion of the rewrite of firmware, remove the short-circuit connector and connect the con-
nector to CN6 of ZUCB.
6 Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
208
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
F. Rewriting of firmware
(1) Relationship between the ISW and the display of the operation panel
[2] [3]
[1] [4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8] [9]
[10]
209
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[9] [FileCheck]
With a transmission file displayed in "SendFile info" of [8], press this key to calculate the file checksum
bizhub PRO 920
(checksum of the entire file) of the displayed transmission file and show a result beside the transmission file.
And also, compare the result of the checksum with the checksum file attached to the firmware and display
the obtained result in the form shown below.
"OK": Accord
"NG": Not accord
"??": Checksum file (*.sum) not found
[10] [FileSend]
The transmission of the transferred file is started.
(2) Procedure
e.g.: When the overall control program (ALL) is written.
Step Operation
1 Start the ISWTrns program.
2 Click [Set-up (S)] from the menu and then click [Communication setting (C)].
3 "Set Communication screen"
Select a port through which the transmission is made and click [OK].
Note
• When [Parallel] is selected, be sure also to specify [Port].
4 Select the machine type, the destination and the board types.
• Machine type: 920, Country: KBE, Board type: I1 to I5 collectively
5 The data to be used is displayed in the version selection frame and the send file information frame.
210
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Step Operation
8 Press first the [Start] key on the operation panel and then click [FileSend] of the ISWTrns.
9 The following window is displayed on the PC while in the data transfer.
"Operation panel"
11 "ISWTrns"
Click [OK].
"Operation panel"
When sending data in succession, press the [Yes] key.
When terminating the rewrite, press the [No] key.
When pressing the [No] key, the main body starts up automatically.
12 After restart of the main body, check "Firmware version screen" to see if the firmware is normally
updated.
211
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
After turning on the power, when the main body detects an abnormality with the overall control board firmware,
the LCD on the operation panel does not turn on and the power save LED lights on or blink to indicate this con-
dition (ISW standby condition). For the power save LED display, see the table given below.
212
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Note
• When rewriting the IC firmware, the execution of the ISW is inhibited if the initialization of the IC is
not completed. If ISW is executed in this condition, an error code is not displayed, but the mes-
sage "Now initializing Controller" is shown in the operation panel section.
213
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
D. ISWTrms troubleshooting
When an error occurs while in the execution of the ISWTrns program.
bizhub PRO 920
214
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
215
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
5.3.1 Outline
"Internet ISW" is a system in which the Web browser, the main body operation panel, or the Internet mail (E-mail)
is used to give an ISW instruction, and the main body automatically obtains the firmware from the program
server and conducts ISW. Using the Internet ISW that uses the main body operation panel or the Web browser
allows the execution of ISW at the customer facility with no program brought with. And, the Internet ISW using a
mail remote notification system also allows the execution of ISW from the remote place.
Note
• It operates while in the jam, SC and lower power mode.
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Select [Utility/Counter] on the operation panel.
2 Select "6 Administrator Setting."
3 Select "4 Network Setting."
4 Select "1 Machine NIC Setting."
5 Enter "IP Address," "Subnet Mask," and "Gateway Address."
6 Turn OFF and ON the power switch (SW2) to restart the main body.
Note
• The IP address etc. of the main body is normally assigned by the system administrator. For partic-
ulars, contact the system administrator.
216
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Note
• No "space" is allowed in all set items.
• When an incorrect setting is made on the Web browser, be sure to correct it following the error
message. Correcting no input error may result in the download error of the program.
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Start up the Web browser.
When the proxy is set on the Web browser, the main body Web may not be accessed.
For particulars, contact the network administrator. For Web browser, Internet Explorer 6.02,
Netscape Navigator 7.1 or Firefox 1.0 is recommended. However, be sure to avoid setting from two
or more browsers at a time.
2 Specify the IP address of the main body that is entered thorough "A. Setting from the operation
panel."
When you access the Web Utilities of the main body, "Main page screen" is displayed.
"Main page screen"
217
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Step Operation
bizhub PRO 920
218
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Step Operation
Note
• For types 2, 3 and 4, no guarantee is made.
• For authentication of proxy server, see "5.3.8 Authenti-
cation of the proxy server in the Internet ISW."
Proxy Server IP Address When using the proxy server, set the IP address of the proxy
server.
Port Number When using the proxy server, set the number of the port that
uses the proxy server.
User name on the Proxy When selecting the type 1 or type 2 in "Proxy Server Type" above
Server set the account of the proxy server.
Password for the Proxy Server When selecting the type 1 or type 2 in "Proxy Server Type" above
set the password of the proxy server.
8 After completion of entry, click [Next] and then after checking the set items in the setting check
screen, click [Next]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message shown in
red and then re-set the item.
219
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Step Operation
bizhub PRO 920
Program Server Address Set the address of the server into which the program to be down
loaded is stored. Select the protocol to be used from the pull-
down menu left and enter the address after that in the text box
on the right. In the case of ftp, it is a relative path from the home
directory.
User name on the program Enter the account name of the program server.
server
Password for the program Enter the password of the program server.
server
Receiving time out Set the receiving time out of the program. When the time is out,
the down load of the program forcibly comes to an end, and the
system returns to the normal mode without conducting the ISW.
10 After completion of entry, click [Next]. Then after checking the set items in the setting check screen,
click [Finish]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message shown in red and
then re-set the item.
11 Set the program server (Proxy is not used).
12 After completion of entry, click [Next]. Then after checking the set items in the setting check screen,
click [Finish]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message shown in red and
then re-set the item.
220
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Step Operation
• When the down load test failed, the response error code from the server is display as shown
below. Since there may be a setting error, re-check the initialization.
221
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
to download the programs from the program server automatically for rewriting.
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Proceed to "Internet ISW" on the Web Utilities.
"Internet ISW screen"
The firmware version of the board is displayed beside each of the board types.
2 Select one ISW intended board at the item of "ISW." When specifying a file name to be download,
enter it in the [File name] text box.
When specifying no firmware name, the rewrite is conducted in the following files in which the pro-
gram server is stored.
Note
• bootN1.bin is intended for FS-509 and bootN2.bin is for FS-604.
3 After completion of entry, click the [ISW].
If there is an input error, click [Back] following the message displayed in red and then enter the item
again.
222
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Step Operation
(1) Usage of the Internet ISW using the mail remote notification system
For a command that is sent to the main body and its options, see the table given below.
Note
• The command option for FS-509 and FS-604 is N1.
The type of FS that is connected to the main body is automatically recognized for a suitable firm-
ware to be downloaded from the program server.
1 223
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
When no firmware file name is specified, the rewrite is conducted in the following files stored in the program
server.
bizhub PRO 920
Note
• bootN1. bin is intended for FS-509 and bootN2. bin is for FS-604.
Note
• The number of commands that can be written down on a mail is only 1. When two or more com-
mands are written down, the second and the succeeding commands are ignored.
224
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
(1) Procedure
e.g.: When rewrite the overall control board (OACB) firmware (ALL).
Step Operation
1 Display "ISW mode screen."
2 Press the [Internet ISW] key on the screen and then press the [Download ALL] key of <Image control>.
3 Press the [Start] key and download the latest firmware to start the rewrite.
In a case in which the download of an old version firmware is required, press the [File Name Input]
key and enter the file name manually.
4 When ISW is completed normally, the main body automatically restarts and completes ISW.
5 After restart of the main body, check "Firmware version screen" to see if the firmware is normally
updated.
225
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
panel.
The following shows error codes.
* Error codes for FTP and HTTP are errors stipulated by usual protocols.
Command
Command Parameter Reply Code Description
USER user@host 331 Transmit the user name of the program server and the
program server address
PASS password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
Command
Command Parameter Reply Code Description
OPEN host ftp expanded function, Transmit the program server address
defined for each server
USER user 331 Transmit the user name of the program server
PASS password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
226
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Command
Command Parameter Reply Code Description
USER FW user 331 Transmit the user name of the proxy server
PASS FW password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
SITE host ftp expanded function, Transmit the program server address
defined for each server
USER user 331 Transmit the user name of the program server
PASS password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
Command
Command Parameter Reply Code Description
USER FW user 331 Transmit the user name of the proxy server
PASS FW password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
USER user@host 331 Transmit the user name of the program server and the
program server address
PASS password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
D. Remarks
For fwtk2.1 (for Unix) and Black Jumbo Dog (for Windows), the type 1 authentication is used. For most of the
proxy servers, the type 1 authentication is used. When the authentication type of the proxy server is not known,
you are recommended to make settings in type 1 authentication as a temporary measure.
227
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6. OTHERS
bizhub PRO 920
[1]
[2] [2]
[1] Screw not allowed to be removed [4] Lens reference plate assembly
[2] Screw not allowed to be removed [5] Attaching screw of the CCD unit (allowed to
[3] CCD unit be removed when replacing the CCD unit)
228
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS
[2]
[1]
57gaf2c135na
229
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
• Attaching screws, 1 each, of the read position adjusting plates /Fr and /Rr
[2] [1]
[1] Screw not allowed to be removed [3] Read position positioning plate /Fr
[2] Read position positioning plate /Rr
230
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS
[1]
[2]
[1]
[1]
57gaf2c137na
231
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
• 3 fastening screws of the fixing plate of the write section positioning shaft.
[1]
[3] [2]
57gaf2c138na
[1] Screw not allowed to be removed [3] Write section positioning shaft
[2] Fixing plate of the write section positioning shaft
232
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS
[5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
57gaf2c139na
233
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[2]
[1] 57gaf2c140na
234
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS
[1] [1]
57gaf2c141na
235
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• This list shows the explanation of the disassembly and reassembly of the parts which are consid-
ered necessary to replace (other than periodically replaced parts). However, these parts except for
the covers are not required to be disassembled while in normal service operations.
• For the method of replacing the periodically replaced parts, see "3.5 Maintenance procedure of
the external section" to "3.17 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section."
236 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS
237
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
238
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS
239
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[1] Note
• When installing it, be sure to insert first the
shaft [6] into the installation hole [7].
[2]
[3]
240
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS
Note
• When installing it, be sure to set first installa-
tion hole [5] to the projection [6].
241
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[7]
[2] [4] [9] [6] 57gaf2c148na
Note
• When installing the original glass, be sure to
press the original glass guide /Rt [1] against
the original glass [3] and fasten it after install-
ing the original glass.
242
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS
[2]
57gaf2c151na
243
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[1] 57gaf2c152na
[4] [7]
57gaf2c153na
244
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS
A. Procedure
1. Remove the rear cover. (See "6.3.1 Removing/
reinstalling the rear cover.")
2. Bring down the slide switch [2] of the circuit
breaker (CBR) [1] to the normal position ON side
[3] for recovery.
[3] [2]
[1] 57gaf2c155na
245
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• After completion of reinstallation of the CCD unit, be sure to conduct the image adjustments of the
Tech. Rep. mode. (See chapter III "Adjustment/setting.")
A. Procedure
1. Remove the original glass. (See "6.3.7 Removing/
[1] [3] [2]
reinstalling the original glass.")
2. Remove the original glass guide /Fr. (See "6.3.10
Removing/reinstalling the operation panel.")
3. Remove the original glass guide /Rr [1].
4. Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the original
glass guide /Rt [3].
57gaf2c156na
[1] 57gaf2c157na
246
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS
Note
247
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
248
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS
A. Procedure
1. Remove the original glass. (See "6.3.7 Removing/
reinstalling the original glass.")
2. Remove the upper cover /Lt. (See "6.3.8 Remov-
[6]
ing/reinstalling the upper cover /Lt.")
3. Remove the original glass guide /Fr. (See "6.3.10
[7] Removing/reinstalling the operation panel.")
4. Remove the original glass guide /Rr. (See "6.3.12
Removing/reinstalling the CCD unit.")
[1] [2] 5. Move the exposure unit [1] to the notch section [2]
of the frame.
6. Remove the screw [3] and then remove the clamp
[4].
7. Remove the connector [5].
8. Remove 2 screws [6] and then remove the expo-
sure lamp (L1) [7].
9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[7] [5]
[4]
[3]
[6]
57gaf2c163na
249
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• When reinstalling the exposure unit, be sure to use the optics unit positioning jig.
• After reinstalling the exposure unit, be sure to conduct the image adjustment in the Tech. Rep.
mode. (See chapter III "Adjustment/setting.")
A. Removal procedure
1. Remove the original glass. (See "6.3.7 Removing/
[8] [4] [3]
reinstalling the original glass.")
2. Remove the upper cover /Lt. (See "6.3.8 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the upper cover /Lt.")
[5] 3. Remove the operation panel. (See "6.3.10
Removing/reinstalling the operation panel.")
4. Remove the original glass guide /Rr. (See "6.3.12
Removing/reinstalling the CCD unit.")
[6] 5. Move the exposure unit [1] to the notch section [2]
of the main body frame.
[7] 6. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the cord
presser member [4].
[1] [2]
7. Remove the screw [5] and then remove the
ground terminal [6].
8. Remove the connector [7].
9. Remove 4 screws [8] and then remove the expo-
sure unit [1].
[8] 57gaf2c164na
250 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS
B. Installation procedure
1. Move the V-mirror unit [1] toward the V-mirror
Note
• Be sure to insert the optics unit positioning jig
[3] from the front side and pass it through the
V-mirror unit [1].
[1] [7] [2]
• Be careful not to confuse the V-mirror posi-
tioning hole [2] with the unused hole [4].
[3]
57gaf2c165na
251
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• Be sure to wind the wire closely without overlapping each other.
• When re-stretching or replacing the scanner wire, be sure to use the optics unit positioning jig.
• When re-stretching or replacing the scanner wire, be sure to conduct the image adjustment in the
Tech. Rep. mode. (See chapter III "Adjustment/setting.")
A. Procedure
[1] [2]
[4]
[3]
[3]
[3]
57gaf2c166na
1. Remove the original glass. (See "6.3.7 Removing/reinstalling the original glass.")
2. Remove the upper cover /Lt. (See "6.3.8 Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Lt.")
3. Remove the operation panel. (See "6.3.10 Removing/reinstalling the operation panel.")
4. Remove the original glass guide /Rr and Rt. (See "6.3.12 Removing/reinstalling the CCD unit.")
5. Remove the exposure unit (See "6.3.14 Removing/reinstalling the exposure unit.")
6. Move the V-mirror unit [1] toward the V-mirror positioning hole [2].
7. Insert the optics unit positioning jig [3] into the V-mirror positioning hole [2] and fix the V-mirror unit [1].
Note
• Be sure to insert the optics unit positioning jig [3] from the front side and pass it through the V-mir-
ror unit [1].
• Be care full not to confuse the V-mirror positioning hole [2] with the unused hole [4].
252 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS
[22]
[15] [13]
[14]
[17]
[22]
[4]
[20]
[16]
[11]
57gaf2c167na
8. Drop the metal ball [3] in between the scanner wire /Fr [1] and /Rr [2] into the installation hole of the drive pul-
ley [4]. And with this hole as a starting point, wind the wire 4 turns [5] outwards and 5 turns [6] inwards.
Note
• Be sure to wind the scanner wire with the metal ball [7] at the end outwards and the scanner wire
with the wire terminal [8] at the end inwards.
• For both scanner wires, be sure to pull out the one wound outwards in the paper feed direction [9]
from above the drive pulley and the one wound inwards in the paper exit direction [10] from above
the drive pulley.
9. For each scanner wire that has been wound round the drive pulley, fasten it to the respective wire stoppers
through the wire stopper /Fr [11] or /Rr [12] pulley /1 [13] and via the outside of the pulley [15] of the V-mirror
unit [14].
Note
• Each wire stopper is provided with 2 grooves. Fix the metal ball [7] in the groove on the outside for
the wire stopper /Fr [11], and fix it in the groove on the inside for the wire stopper /Rr [12].
253
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10. For each scanner wire that has been wound round the drive pulley, after reversing it by the pulley /2 [16],
pass it through the inside of the pulley [15] of the V-mirror unit [14] and pulley /3 [17] and hook the wire ter-
bizhub PRO 920
Note
• Be sure to paste it so that the wire restriction
sheet comes in contact with the wire.
12. Fasten tentatively each of the spring fixing plates with the screw [20].
13. Loosen once the screw [20], attach the spring [21] between 2 spring fixing plates [18] and then fix each
spring fixing plate with the screw [20].
Note
• After attaching each of the scanner wires, check to see if the respective exposure unit mounting
brackets [22] turn inside.
14. For the parts to be reinstalled hereafter, reinstall them following the removal steps in reverse.
254
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS
A. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover /Up. (See "6.3.3 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Up.")
2. Remove the connector [1].
3. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the inter-
nal cooling fan /4 assembly [3].
57gaf2c169na
[2] 57gaf2c170na
255
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[2] 57gaf2c171na
256
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS
[4]
Note
• When setting the toner supply unit, be careful
[3] [1] not to apply unnecessary downward force on
it.
[2] 57gaf2c172na
257
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
[2] [1]
bizhub PRO 920
57gaf2c173na
258
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS
Note
• The trays 1 and 2 are of the same form and mechanism. This procedure shows mainly the steps
taken for the tray 1.
• When there remains any paper in the tray, be sure to take off all of it before starting the work.
• When removing the tray 2, be sure to remove the tray 1 before that.
A. Procedure
1. Open the front cover /Rt [1] and front cover /Lt [2].
[2] [5] [1]
2. With the tray lock lever [3] pressed in the arrow-
marked direction [4], hold the handle at its center
[5] to pull out the tray 1 [6].
57gaf2c259na
259
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• When lifting up the tray, hold it at the cover
handle and the bottom in the rear section of
the tray. Be sure to conduct this operation
with two persons.
• Be sure to avoid holding it at sections apt to
be deformed. Otherwise, the paper through
may be affected, thus causing a jam.
• When installing it, be sure to check that the
notches of the tray is set securely into the
[1]
stoppers [2] provided at 2 places on either
side of the guide rail.
[2]
[1] 57gaf2c260na
260
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS
A. Procedure
1. Remove the tray. (See "6.3.18 Removing/reinstall-
ing the paper feed tray 1 and 2.")
2. Remove the tray cover and then remove the
paper lift unit. (See "3.13.5 Replacing the pre-reg-
[6] [7]
istration roller (Trays 1, 2, 3).")
3. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the drive
pulley [2].
4. Remove the E-ring [3] and then remove the wire
[5]
[4] correction cover [4] and the pulley [5].
[3]
Note
• Be sure to install the wires /1 [6] and /2 [7] so
that the wire /2 comes inside. And make sure
[7]
that the wires do not cross each other.
[6]
[8] [6] [7]
[2]
[1]
57gaf2c261na
261
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[6]
[5]
[4] 57gaf2c262na
Note
• The length of the wires 1 and 2 is as shown
below. The wire 3 is different from the wires 1
and 2 in length. Be careful not to confuse one
with the other.
Wire /1 and /3: 207.5 ± 1 mm
Wire /2 and /4: 497.5 ± 1 mm
57gaf2c263na
262
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS
Note
• When there remains any paper in the tray, be sure to take off all of it before starting the work.
A. Procedure
1. Open the front cover /Rt [1] and front cover /Lt [2].
[2] [5] [1]
2. Remove the trays 1 and 2. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2.")
3. With the tray lock lever [3] pushed in the arrow-
marked direction [4], hold the handle at its center
[5] to pull out the tray 1 [6].
57gaf2c264na
263
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• When lifting up the tray, hold it at the cover
handle and the bottom in the rear section of
the tray. Be sure to conduct this operation
with two persons.
• Be sure to avoid holding it at sections apt to
be deformed. Otherwise, the paper through
may be affected, thus causing a jam.
• When installing it, be sure to check that the
notches of the tray is set securely into the
[1]
stoppers [2] provided at 2 places on either
side of the guide rail.
[2]
[1]
57gaf2c265na
264
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS
A. Procedure
1. Remove the tray. (See "6.3.18 Removing/reinstall-
ing the paper feed tray 1 and 2.")
2. Remove the tray cover and then remove the
paper lift unit. (See "3.13.5 Replacing the pre-reg-
[6] [7]
istration roller (Trays 1, 2, 3).")
3. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the drive
pulley [2].
4. Remove the E-ring [3] and then remove the wire
[5]
[4] correction cover [4] and the pulley [5].
[3]
Note
• Be sure to install the wires /1 [6] and /2 [7] so
that the wire /2 comes inside. And make sure
[7]
that the wires do not cross each other.
[6]
[8] [6] [7]
[2]
[1]
57gaf2c266na
265
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[6]
[5]
[4] 57gaf2c267na
Note
• The wire length of the tray 3 is as shown
below. The wire length of the tray 3 is different
from those of the trays 1 and 2 and be careful
not to confuse one with the other.
Wire /1 and /3: 309 ± 1 mm
Wire /2 and /4: 599 ± 1 mm
57gaf2c268na
266
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
[2] [3]
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing section. (See "3.17.1 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the transfer/separation charge. (See
"3.9.1 Replacing the transfer/separation unit.")
4. Remove the registration section. (See "3.16.3
Removing/reinstalling the registration section.")
5. Open the reverse/exit section [1].
6. Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the con-
nector cover [3].
[1]
57gaf2c269na
267
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[3] [1]
57gaf2c270na
268
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS
[3] 57gaf2c271na
269
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[2] 57gaf2c272na
[2] 57gaf2c304na
270
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 6. OTHERS
[2] 57gaf2c273na
57gaf2c311na
271
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
6. OTHERS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920
Blank page
272
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT/SETTING SECTION
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
273
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
8. UTILITY MENU Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
8. UTILITY MENU
bizhub PRO 920
274
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 8. UTILITY MENU
275
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
9. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
• This table shows the list of adjustment items when replacing a part. Items are numbered in a circle by the
priority if there is any.
After PM Implementation
exposure/mirror unit
Toner guide brush
Adjustment/setting items Replacement parts/Others
Cleaning blade
Scanner wire,
Cleaning web
Developer
CCD unit
Slit glass
Drum
Machine Magnification Regist Line Speed Adjustment
Adjust Adjustment Printer FD-Mag
Printer CD-Mag c
Scanner (Orig. Glass) FD-Mag d
Scanner (ADF) FD-Mag e
Timing Adjustment Printer Top Margin Adjustment
Top Image (Original Glass) d f
Top Image (ADF)
Scanner (ADF) Regist Loop Adjustment
Centering Adjustment Printer Left margin
Scanner (ADF) Left Image
Distortion Correction Scanner (Orig. Glass) warp adj. (Main) e g
Scanner (Orig. Glass) warp adj. (Deputy) f h
Scanner (ADF) warp adj. (Main) g i
Scanner (ADF) warp adj. (Deputy) h j
ADF Adjustment ADF Density Adj. {
ADF Original Size Adjustment
ADF Sensor Sensitivity Adjustment
ADF Incline Offset Adjustment
Process High Voltage Auto High Voltage Adjustment
Adjustment
Drum Peculiarity Blade Setting Mode e
Adjustment Auto Drum Potential Adjustment f e
Auto Maximum Density Adjustment g f
Auto Laser Diameter Adjustment h g
LD Offset Adjustment i h
Auto Gamma Adjustment (1dot) j i
Cartridge Installation Mode k j
Counter PM Count PM Count Reset {
Developer Count Reset d
OPC Drum Count Reset e
Preset Parts Life Fixing cleaning web count reset
{
Counter
ISW ISW
IP Hard Disk
IP HDD Format
Format
Others Setting powder application c c {
Dust-proof glass cleaning (Write unit) d c
Mirror unit positioning (require the jigs) c
Blade auto replacement spring charge d
Fusing lamp's installation direction (Maker's mark in front)
Thermistor positioning (require the jig)
Thermostat positioning (require the jig)
Parameter board (PB) replacement
Dipswitch setting (ZUCB)
Paper edge sensor sensitivity adjustment (ZUCB or PDB)
Software switch 38-5, 6, 7 setting
276
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 9. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS
d { c {
{
{ { {
{ {
c {
c
c
d { {
d
277
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
278 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
1 279
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
280 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
B. Starting and exiting Tech. Rep. mode while the power is OFF
1. While pressing the Utility/Counter button, turn ON the power switch (SW2).
When the CE password has been set, you must enter the password to enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
The Tech. Rep. mode appears.
3. Press the key for an item you want to configure.
The setting screen for each item appears.
4. Turn OFF the SW2.
5. The new settings become effective.
281
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A. Procedure
Note
• Be sure to select "1" of the tray you adjust.
5. Pull out the tray selected. Expand once the paper
guide [1] to the limit and move it slowly in the direc-
tion in which the width is narrowed, and then use a
scale to make the distance between the paper
guides [2] equal to the standard value.
Note
• Be sure to select "2" of the tray you want to adjust.
9. Pull out the tray. Expand once the paper guide to the limit and move it slowly in the direction in which the
width is narrowed to make the distance between the paper guides equal to 279.4 mm (8.5 x 11).
10. Set the tray.
11. "Tray adjustment screen"
Press the [Start] key.
The current position of the selected tray is read in. When the adjustment is done, the message "Complete"
appears.
12. To adjust other trays, repeat steps 4 to 11.
282
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
A. Procedure
Note
• For the paper type in the tray, be sure to select [--] or [Normal].
7. Check the magnification in the sub scan direction.
• Standard value: within 102.8 0 mm 102.8 0
-0.5 0.5
(when in life-size)
57gaf3c002na
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Regist Line Speed Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -40 (shorter) to +55 (longer) 1 step = 0.05%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
11. "Regist Line Speed Adjustment"
Press the [Inside Pattern] key and enter 9 with the numeric key. Press the [Set] key.
Press the [Inside Pattern] key again and press the [Test Copy] key.
Note
• The density of "Test pattern density setting" is reflected. So, be sure to check the set value of
"Test pattern density setting" to ensure it is "255."
283
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
12. Set A3 or 11 x 17 paper (130 g/m2 or 35 lb Bond) in the tray. Press the Start button to output the test pat-
bizhub PRO 920
tern (No.9).
13. Press the [Adjustment] key to return to the [Regist Line Speed Adjustment] screen.
14. Repeat steps 11 to 13 to output test patterns for two steps before and after the value you entered in step
10.
e.g.: When the adjusted value is "-1," output 5 test patterns for -3, -2, -1, 0, 1.
15. Check the transfer jitter around 145 mm from the paper trailing edge, and find an output with the least
transfer jitter (Density of half-tone is even with surrounding area).
16. Press the [Adjustment] key.
17. "Regist Line Speed Adjustment screen"
Through the numeric keys, enter the adjusted step number of the output paper you selected in step 15,
and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -40 (shorter) to +55 (longer) 1 step = 0.05%
284
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
A. Procedure
57gaf3c003na
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Printer Drum Clock Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -10 (shorter) to +10 (longer) 1 step = 0.05%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
285
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
This adjustment changes the horizontal magnification in image processing prior to the laser exposure.
A. Procedure
190
57gaf3c004na
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Printer Horizontal Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -10 (shorter) to +10 (longer) 1 step = 0.1%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
286
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
A. Procedure
200
57gaf3c005na
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. Scanner (Orig. Glass) drum clock adj
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -40 (shorter) to +40 (longer) 1 step = 0.05%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
287
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A. Procedure
190 57gaf3c006na
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Scanner (ADF) drum clock adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -40 (shorter) to +40 (longer) 1 step = 0.05%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
288
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
Note
• Be sure "10.3.3 Printer FD-Mag (magnification adjustment)" has been adjusted.
A. Procedure
57gaf3c007na
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Printer Restart Timing Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -30 (shorter) to +30 (longer) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
289
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A. Procedure
290
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
A. Procedure
291
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A. Procedure
57gaf3c029na
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Printer lead edge timing adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -20 (smaller) to +40 (larger) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
292
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
A. Procedure
293
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
In this adjustment, the starting position for reading while in the DF scanning mode is adjusted.
A. Procedure
294
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
A. Procedure
295
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• Be sure the printer paper feed cross adjustment have been adjusted.
A. Procedure
296
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
Note
• Be sure "10.3.14 Printer left margin (centering adjustment)" has been adjusted.
A. Procedure
297
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• Be sure "10.3.14 Printer left margin (centering adjustment)" has been adjusted.
A. Procedure
Note
• "Small" represents paper which is smaller than 300 mm in the sub-scan direction.
• "Large" represents paper which is larger than 300 mm in the sub-scan direction.
6. Select paper according to the adjusted item. Set the "adjustment chart" on the DF and press the Start
button.
7. Fold the outputted paper in half in the main scan direction and check the amount of centering error.
Standard value: within 0 ± 2 mm
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Scanner (ADF) Left Image"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -30 (image in front) to +30 (image in back) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
298
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
299
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
the application functions works satisfactorily. This also automatically adjusts sensitivity to correctly detect the
non-image area.
Preparation:
• Open fully the DF.
• There should not be anything on the original glass.
• Clean the original glass.
A. Procedure
If any other message appears, refer to "B. Error message and Handling", and perform the Non image Area
Erase Check again.
Handling 1
When the non-image area erase function is not used very frequently, or when copy originals that have a dark
background are not copied very frequently in non-image area erase, the copier can be used in the current instal-
lation location. However, when copy originals that have a dark background are frequently copied, install the
copier in a location where less external light gets in (darker) than the present location, and check the non-image
area erase check mode again.
300
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
Handling 2
When the non-image area erase function is not used very frequently, the copier can be used in the current instal-
Preparation:
• Clean the slit glass.
• Make sure the white chart is not dirty. (Partial dirt can be ignored)
A. Procedure
Note
• Set the "white chart" in the A4-direction.
6. Press the [Start] key.
The white chart is scanned, and density is automatically adjusted.
7. When an error message appears, turn OFF/ON the power switch (SW2) of the main body. Repeat steps 1
to 6 until it is completed properly.
301
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A. Procedure
302
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
Preparation:
• Clean each of the DF reflective sensors.
A. Procedure
303
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
This adjustment is reflected to the auto skew adjustment control in DF scanning mode.
A. Procedure
b
57gaf3c008na
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "ADF Incline Offset Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -60 (counterclockwise) to +60 (clockwise) 1 step = 0.05%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
11. Press the [Return] key to return to the "ADF adjustment mode menu screen."
304
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
Note
• Selecting [Factory Default] recalls the factory initial data.
• Selecting [Installation Initial] recalls the adjustment values stored when code "91" of the I/O
check mode was conducted.
305
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A. Procedure
Note
• When an error message appears during the adjustment, check to see if the error unit is properly
installed and cleaned. Conduct the adjustment again.
306
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
Note
• Perform this only when changing the cleaning blade. Otherwise, the cleaning blade special parts
counter is reset, thus making it impossible to implement the auto blade change in the right timing.
• Apply setting powder to the cleaning blade and drum.
A. Procedure
307
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A. Procedure
Note
• When the following error messages appear, check to see if the drum potential sensor (DPS) is
properly installed and cleaned. Conduct the adjustment again.
1) Error 1
In the 0V check of the DPS, voltage over 100V is detected 5 times or more.
2) Error 2
The drum potential after laser exposure is detected to be over 350V, and it is determined that
control patch detect signal is not outputted.
3) Error 3
Drum potential has been corrected 10 or more times, but it does not converge.
308
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
Note
• When the following error messages appear, check to see if the toner control sensor board (TCSB)
is properly installed and cleaned. Conduct the adjustment again.
1) Error 1
The IDC sensor (IDCS) on the TCSB dirt correction has been corrected 10 or more times, but it
does not converge.
2) Error 2
The auto maximum density adjustment is not completed, when the developing roller rotation
speed reaches the specified value.
3) Error 3
No signal is outputted from the IDCS. Control patch detect signal is not outputted.
309
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A. Procedure
Note
• When the following error messages appear, check to see if the toner control sensor board (TCSB)
is properly installed and cleaned. Conduct the adjustment again.
1) Error 1
The PGC sensor (PGCS) dirt correction on the TSCB has been conducted 10 or more times, but
it does not converge.
2) Error 2
The auto laser diameter adjustment completed with an abnormal value.
310
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
57gaf3c009na
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "LD offset adjustment screen"
Press the [460 mm] key for the laser you want to adjust (LD1 offset or LD2 offset). Enter a value through
the numeric keys and press the [Set] key and then the [Test Copy] key.
Setting range: -128 (lighter) to +127 (darker)
10. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and press the Start button to output a test pattern.
11. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key to repeat steps 5 to 10 until
the standard value can be obtained.
12. Adjust the line speed 290 mm likewise as well.
311
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A. Procedure
Note
• When the following error messages appear, check to see if the toner control sensor board (TCSB)
is properly installed and cleaned. Conduct the adjustment again.
1) Error 1
The PGC sensor (PGCS) dirt correction on the TSCB has been conducted 10 or more times, but
it does not converge.
2) Error 2
No signal is outputted from the PGCS. Control patch detect signal is not outputted.
3) Error 3
Regression error during the gamma curve calculation.
312
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
A. Procedure
Note
• Input data according to instructions of KMBT field support section.
A. Procedure
313
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A. Procedure
Note
• Selecting [Factory Default] recalls the factory initial data.
• Selecting [Installation Initial] recalls the adjustment values stored when code "91" of the I/O
check mode was conducted.
314
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
10.5 Counter
Note
• The PM count is different in the count condition depending on the setting of DIPSW8-6.
When set to "0": 1 count for a single side of each large paper exit, and 2 counts for a double side.
When set to "1": 2 counts for a single side of each large paper exit (the definition of large size
paper is set by DIPSW10-3 and 4), and 4 counts for a double side. For those other
than the large size, the count is same as when set to "0."
• The developer count and the OPC drum count are made at all times 1 count for a single side and 2
counts for a double side for a small size paper, 2 counts for a single count and 4 counts for a dou-
ble count for a large size paper.
A. Count reset
Display or reset the PM count, the developer count and the OPC drum count.
Note
• Be sure to reset the PM count after implementing a periodic check (every 500,000 prints).
Otherwise, the periodic check alert message and icon on the user screen do not disappear.
• Be sure to reset the developer count after replacing a developer. Otherwise, gray background
image and toner scatter may occur. Also, the consumable icon on the user screen does not disap-
pear.
• Be sure to reset the OPC drum count after replacing a drum. Otherwise, image gray background
and toner scatter may occur. Also, the “Drum/Deve” icon on the user screen does not disappear.
Also, the consumable icon on the user screen does not disappear.
(1) Procedure
315
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. PM cycle setting
Configure settings of the PM count, developer count and drum count.
bizhub PRO 920
Note
• The PM cycle, developer cycle and drum cycle are already inputted in the initial settings. Usually,
do not change these settings.
(1) Procedure
316
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
10.5.2 Counter/Data
It is possible to confirm various data held in the machine.
A. Procedure
Note
• The [Count Reset] key is shown in the individual data confirmation screen of the [Paper Jam
Sectional Counter] and the [Failure sectional counter].
When pressing the [Count Reset] key, "Count reset confirmation screen" is shown, and when
pressing the [Yes] key, the section data is reset. Pressing the [No] key returns to "Individual data
confirmation screen" with the interval data not reset.
Reset these data when you visit the customer of the PM implementation etc. to confirm the jam
or SC occurrence count after it was visited last time.
317
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• Maximum count: 99,999,999
• 1 count is made for paper of all types regardless of the paper size.
• All size of paper not included in the below table are counted as special. However, wide paper and
R-direction paper are counted as the same size.
Example: A4W and A4R are counted as A4.
• 8K is counted as B4, and 16K is counted as B5.
Note
• Maximum count: 99,999,999
• Definition of the large size can be changed by DIPSW10-3, 4 (A3, 11 x 17 for default).
318
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
D. ADF counter
Confirm the number of originals fed in each DF mode.
Note
• The coverage data is a calculated value based on the colored area and the transfer paper area of
the image data. Therefore, it is different from the toner consumption when actually printed.
• Up to 30 latest coverage data are maintained with the older ones deleted in sequence.
NO. CSRC Print count Coverage NO. CSRC Print count Coverage
parameter (V0) data (%) parameter (V0) data (%)
1 00 Total (00.0 to 17 10 Print count 16 (00.0 to
2 01 Print count 1 99.9%) 18 11 Print count 17 99.9%)
3 02 Print count 2 19 12 Print count 18
4 03 Print count 3 20 13 Print count 19
5 04 Print count 4 21 14 Print count 20
6 05 Print count 5 22 15 Print count 21
7 06 Print count 6 23 16 Print count 22
8 07 Print count 7 24 17 Print count 23
9 08 Print count 8 25 18 Print count 24
10 09 Print count 9 26 19 Print count 25
11 0A Print count 10 27 1A Print count 26
12 0B Print count 11 28 1B Print count 27
13 0C Print count 12 29 1C Print count 28
14 0D Print count 13 30 1D Print count 29
15 0E Print count 14 31 1E Print count 30
16 0F Print count 15
319
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
In order to eliminate faulty operations (sky-shot) by the customer, display only data of 5 sheets or more that have
been continuously printed.
Note
• The coverage data is a calculated value based on the colored area and the transfer paper area of
the image data. Therefore, it is different from the toner consumption when actually printed.
No. CSRC Coverage data (%) No. of print Paper size Print mode Date
parameter (V1)
01 00 00.0 to 99.9% Display of Copy/
02 01 No. printer
03 02
04 03
05 04
06 05
07 06
08 07
09 08
10 09
11 0A
12 0B
13 0C
14 0D
15 0E
320
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
321
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• Maximum count: 99,999,999
322
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
323
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
(F1)
80 4F Full scan
81 50 Image shift
82 51 Reduction shift
83 52 Image overlay
84 53 Watermark
85 54 Stamp
86 55 Date/Time
87 56 Page
88 57 Numbering
89 58 Set quantity 1
90 59 Set quantity 2-5
91 5A Set quantity 6-10
92 5B Set quantity 11 or more
93 5C Time while power remote 1 is On Accumulation of time during which the
overall control board is powered (main
power switch is ON). (in minutes)
94 5D Time while power remote 2 is On Time during which the main relay is ON. (in minutes)
95 5E Time while power remote 3 is On Time during which the power control signal
(REM3) is ON. (in minutes)
96 5F Time while power remote 4 is On Time during which the power control signal
(REM4) is ON. (in minutes)
97 60 Time during Low Power mode Time in the LOW POWER mode. (in minutes)
98 61 Time during warm up time Time for warm-up, except print ready time.
(in minutes)
99 62 Time during front door open Time during which the front door is open.
(in seconds)
100 63 Ope.time in 1side straight exit Time from the start of print and the end of
101 64 Ope.time in 1side reverse exit print. (in seconds)
102 65 Operation time in 2side print (Down time due to jam omitted)
103 66 Operation time in ADF mode Time during which DF operates. (in seconds)
104 67 Morning correction count Counts 1 per image stabilization control (fix-
ing temperature is 50°C or lower)
105 68 Time during APS sensor On Time during which the APS sensor is ON.
(in seconds)
106 69 —
107 6A —
108 6B N of folding & stapling used jobs
109 6C —
110 6D N of ADF NF occurred Number of DF no feed detection
111 6E N of ADF special error 1 occurred Number of wrong detection of original size
112 6F N of ADF special error 2 occurred Number of wrong detection of next original
information
324
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
325
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
(F1)
151 96 Outside print multi letter
152 97 —
153 98 —
154 99 —
155 9A —
156 9B —
157 9C —
158 9D —
159 9E —
160 9F Half Fold
161 A0 —
162 A1 —
163 A2 Main tray output
164 A3 —
165 A4 —
166 A5 —
167 A6 —
168 A7 —
169 A8 —
170 A9 —
171 AA —
172 AB —
173 AC —
174 AD Sub tray output
175 AE Main tray output Job number
176 AF —
177 B0 —
178 B1 —
179 B2 —
180 B3 —
181 B4 —
182 B5 —
183 B6 —
184 B7 Sub tray output Job number
185 B8 Half Fold Job number
186 B9 Inside print Letter Fold Job number
187 BA Outside print Letter Fold Job number
326
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
J. Paper SC history
With respect to the latest 20 SC, confirm SC code, total count, date of occurrence, time of occurrence and
Note
• Maximum count: 99,999,999
• When the Tech. Rep. mode DIPSW3-1 is 1 (Latched), SC34, 35 and 36 are not counted.
327
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
328
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
329
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A. Procedure
330
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
331
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
parameter
(Z1)
027 1A Upper roller sensor 55VA8804 1 count for each paper exit in the single
028 1B Heat roller sensor 55VA8806 side mode, 2 counts in the double side
029 1C Fixing sub roller 55VA5307 mode.
046 2D Tray 1 feed roller 55VA-464 1 count for each paper exit from tray 1.
047 2E Tray 1 conv/rev roller 55VA-463
048 2F Tray 1 feed clutch 57GA8201
049 30 Tray 1 convey clutch 57GA8201
050 31 Tray 2 feed roller 55VA-464 1 count for each paper exit from tray 2.
051 32 Tray 2 conv/rev roller 55VA-463
052 33 Tray 2 feed clutch 57GA8201
053 34 Tray 2 convey clutch 57GA8201
332
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
333
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
parameter
(Z1)
085 54 FS shift motor 12QR-361 1 count each time an even number of
copies is exited in the sort mode.
086 55 FS exit cont. motor 12QR-361 1 count at the start of a job in the staple
mode large size (A4R, 8.5 x 11R or
larger), and 1 count for a paper exit.
1 count at the start of the saddle stitching
and folding jobs.
087 56 FS fold knife motor 120H8001 1 count for each paper exit in the saddle
stitching, folding and tri-folding modes.
088 57 FNS bypass solenoid 12QR-263 1 count for each paper exit in the staple
mode A4, B5, 8.5 x 11 and 16K sizes.
089 58 FNS gate solenoid 12QR-263 1 count for each paper exit in the tri-fold-
ing mode.
090 59 PI sheet feed clutch /U 13QN8201 1 count for each PI /Up paper feed.
091 5A PI feed roller unit /A 50BA-574
092 5B PI feed roller unit /B 50BA-575
093 5C PI rev rubber unit 13QN-443
094 5D PI torque limiter 13QN4073
095 5E PI sheet unit feed clutch /L 13QN8201 1 count for each PI /Lw paper feed.
096 5F PI feed roller unit /A 50BA-574
097 60 PI feed roller unit /B 50BA-575
098 61 PI rev rubber unit 13QN-443
099 62 PI torque limiter 13QN4073
100 63 PI Registration clutch 13QN8201 1 count for each PI paper feed.
101 64 Paper adjusting part 13LH1026 1 count for each TU cut.
102 65 ZU punch motor unit 12GQ-417 1 count for each ZU punch.
103 66 ZU punch unit 14KB5001
14JA5001
13BX5001
104 67 — —
105 68 PK-503 unit 15KJ-050 1 count for each PK punch.
106 69 PK-504 unit 15KG-050
107 6A PK-505 unit 15KA-050
15KB-050
108 6B ADF pickup roller 13GA4604 Original feed count in all modes.
109 6C ADF feed roller 15AS4605
110 6D ADF retard roller 13GA4606
111 6E ADF sub pick roller 13GA4601 Original feed count in all modes.
112 6F ADF torque limiter 13GA-135
113 70 ADF SDF solenoid 13GA8252 Total original feed count in the single feed
mode.
334
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
*1 The large size original represents all originals in the mixed original mode and A3, B4, A4R, B5R, 11 x 17,
8.5 x 14, 8.5 x 11R, F4, 8K, 16KR.
335
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
counter.
For 30 data from No. 01 up to 30, confirm and reset of the name, P/N (parts number), limit value and print
count.
Note
• Take 1 count for each print page of all paper exits with no discrimination made by paper size.
• When the print count is in excess of a limit value, an asterisk "*" is displayed to the right of the
limit value.
B. Procedure of reset
336
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
337
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A. Procedure
338
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
B. List of sensors
Multi code
Symbol
H L
Code
Name
339
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Multi code
Symbol
bizhub PRO 920
H L
Code
Name
340
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
Multi code
Symbol
Code
Name
341
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
DF Classification
Multi code
Symbol
bizhub PRO 920
H L
Code
Name
1 PS2 Main tray upper limit sensor Upper limit Not at upper
limit
2 PS3 Main tray lower limit sensor Lower limit Not at lower
limit
3 PS4 FS entrance sensor No paper Paper
4 PS5 Stacker entrance sensor Paper No paper
5 PS6 Main tray paper exit sensor
6 PS7 Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor Other than Stand-by
the stand-by position
position
7 PS8 Alignment plate home sensor /Up Home Other than
8 PS9 Paper exit belt home sensor position home position
9 PS13 Stapler rotation home sensor (FS-604 only)
10 — —
11 PS12 Paper exit opening home sensor Other than the Closed
closed position position
12 PS14 Clincher rotation home sensor (FS-604 only) Home Other than
position home position
13 PS15 Counter reset sensor Reset position Other than
reset position
14 PS18 Shift roller home sensor Other than Home
home position position
15 PS20 Stacker empty sensor (FS-509) No paper Paper
Stacker empty sensor (FS-604) Paper No paper
16 PS35 Staple empty sensor /Rr (FS-509) Staple No staple
MS3 Staple empty switch /Rr (FS-604)
17 MS30 Stapler home sensor /Rr Other than Home
home position position
18 PS38 Stapler ready sensor /Rr (FS-509) Unready Ready
MS2 Cartridge switch /Rr (FS-604) No cartridge Cartridge
19 — — — —
20 — — — —
342 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
FS Classification
Multi code
Symbol
Code
Name
76 21 PS32 Clincher home sensor /Rr (FS-604 only) Other than Home
home position position
22 PS19 Sub tray paper full sensor Full Other than full
23 MS1 Front door interlock switch Door opened Door closed
24 PS37 Staple empty sensor /Fr (FS-509) No staple Staple
MS5 Staple empty switch /Fr (FS-604)
25 PS31 Stapler home sensor /Fr Other than Home
home position position
26 PS39 Stapler ready sensor /Fr (FS-509) Unready Ready
MS4 Cartridge switch /Fr (FS-604) No cartridge Cartridge
27 — — — —
28 — — — —
29 PS33 Clincher home sensor /Fr (FS-604 only) Other than Home
home position position
30 — — — —
31 — FS connection detection bit Connection Non-connection
32 PS22 Folding blade home sensor (FS-604 only) Home Other than
33 PS23 Saddle stitching stopper home sensor (FS-604 position home position
only)
34 PS24 Alignment home sensor /Lw (FS-604 only) Other than Home
home position position
35 PS25 Folding paper exit sensor (FS-604 only) Paper No paper
36 PS26 Folding passage sensor (FS-604 only)
37 PS29 Folding full sensor (FS-604 only) Other than full Full
38 PS1 Passage sensor No paper Paper
ZU FS ZU
39 — — — —
40 PS9 Exit sensor No paper Paper
41 PESB Paper edge sensor board (2)
42 PESB Paper edge sensor board (3)
43 PESB Paper edge sensor board (4)
44 — — — —
PI
1 343
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
PI Classification
Multi code
Symbol
bizhub PRO 920
H L
Code
Name
60 — — — —
61 PS16 Gate home sensor Home position Other than
(in the sub tray home position
direction)
62 PESB Paper edge sensor board (5) No paper Paper
ZU
344 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
PK Classification
Multi code
Symbol
Code
Name
76 86 PS802 Punch scraps box paper full sensor Other than full Full
87 PS804 Punch scraps box set sensor Set Other than set
88 PS805 Swing edge face detection 1 No paper Paper
89 PS805 Swing edge face detection 2
90 PS805 Swing edge face detection 3
91 PS805 Swing edge face detection 4
92 PS805 Swing edge face detection 5
93 PS803 Punch home sensor Home Other than
position home position
94 — PK connection detected Non-connection Connection
95 — — — —
96 — — — —
77 0 PS112 Pusher home sensor Home Other than
TU
345
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A. Procedure
B. List of loads
High voltage Classification
Multi code
Symbol
Code
Name Remarks
0 0 L1 Exposure lamp
1 0 M15 Toner bottle motor
2 — — —
3 — — —
4 — — —
5 — — —
6 — — —
7 — — —
8 — — —
9 — — —
10 — — —
15 1 — CSRC counter clear. Data collection
Data clear
count clear
2 — Setting memory clear
98 — CSRC setting initialization Used in CSRC setting
17 0 M14 Cleaning blade transportation lock Used in re-packing
Peculiar
functions
346
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
Multi code
Symbol
347
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Multi code
Symbol
bizhub PRO 920
Code
Name Remarks
348
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
Multi code
Symbol
same time.
51 1 EL Erase lamp
2 EL Erase lamp open detection
52 0 TSL Transfer exposure lamp
53 1 — Status indicator lamp - PAT1 ON
2 — Status indicator lamp - PAT2 ON
3 — Status indicator lamp - PAT3 ON
4 — Status indicator lamp - PAT4 ON
54 1 M11 Toner supply motor
54 2 M24 Recycle pump motor
349
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Multi code
Symbol
bizhub PRO 920
Code
Name Remarks
55 0 — Message test
56 0 JAMIB JAM indicator board all on
57 — — —
58 — — —
59 — — —
60 1 M302 Original feed motor normal rotation
2 M302 Original feed motor reverse rotation
3 M301 Original conveyance motor normal
rotation
4 M301 Original conveyance motor reverse
rotation
5 M304 Original exit motor /1 (for large size)
normal rotation
6 M304 Original exit motor /1 (for large size)
reverse rotation
7 M305 Original exit motor /2 (for small size)
normal rotation
8 M305 Original exit motor /2 (for small size)
reverse rotation
9 M303 Original lift motor normal rotation
10 M303 Original lift motor reverse rotation
11 SD302 Pressure roller release solenoid
12 SD304 Exit gate solenoid
13 SD303 Gate solenoid
14 SD301 SDF switching solenoid
15 FM301 Cooling fan
75 1 M1 FS conveyance motor The paper exit fan /Up1 (FM15), /Up2
FS
350
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
FS Classification
Multi code
Symbol
1 351
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
FS Classification
Multi code
Symbol
bizhub PRO 920
Code
Name Remarks
75 38 M16 Alignment motor /Lw swing (FS-604 only) Available only from the A4 position
39 M18 Saddle stitching stopper motor A4
position movement (FS-604 only)
41 — —
42 — —
43 — —
44 — —
45 SD51 Paper assist solenoid ON
46 M51 Paper assist motor normal rotation
47 M51 Paper assist motor reverse rotation
48 — —
49 — —
50 CL203 Registration clutch ON
PK PI
press setting
69 M107 Pusher motor press release
70 M106 Holder motor upper limit movement
71 M106 Holder motor home position search
lower limit movement
352 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
ZU Classification
Multi code
Symbol
position)
89 M12 Gate motor stacker direction switching
90 M12 Gate motor straight direction switching
91 M21 Sub tray paper exit motor ON
92 M4 Clincher rotation motor home position
search (FS-604 only)
93 M4 Clincher rotation motor skew shift
(FS-604 only)
94 M6 Stapler rotation motor home position
search
95 M6 Stapler rotation motor skew shift
96 SD6 Tri-folding gate solenoid (FS-604 only)
97 M4 Punch motor punch operation
ZU
(FS-604 only)
98 M5 Punch shift motor home position search
80 1 SD2 Reverse/exit solenoid
ADU
1 353
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
ADU Classification
Multi code
Symbol
bizhub PRO 920
Code
Name Remarks
354
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
Multi code
Symbol
91 0 — Main body adjustment data parameter Perform after installation and adjustment
board storage (installation initial)
92 0 — Parameter board data reset Cannot adjust in the field
93 — — —
94 0 Adjustment data display
95 — — —
96 0 — Main body adjustment data parameter Cannot adjust in the field
board storage (factory default)
97 0 — Image memory (DRAM) capacity
check
98 0 — Image memory (DRAM) check
99 1 — HDD 1 total capacity
2 — HDD 1 remaining capacity
3 — HDD 1 bad sectors check and recovery
355
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Separate the cleaning blade from the drum to prevent the damage of the cleaning blade caused by the move-
ment of the machine and the storage for a long period of time.
This is used when re-packaging the machine to move it to the installation location.
Note
• The execution of this mode allows the blade to be automatically replaced. So, when the first clean-
ing blade has been used before re-packaging, be sure to conduct the spring charge for the auto
blade replacement when reinstalling the machine.
(1) Procedure
1. Check the currently used cleaning blade to see if it is the 1st or 2nd one.
2. Enter the I/O check mode.
3. Enter "17" with the numeric button. Confirm that "17-00" is displayed in the message display area.
4. Open the front door /Rt.
Note
• When the front door /Rt is not opened, the blade motor (M14) will not rotate.
5. Press the Start button.
6. The blade motor (M14) rotates and the cleaning blade separates from the drum to move to the transporta-
tion lock position.
(1) Procedure
356
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
C. Main body adjustment data parameter board strage (installation initial data)
Adjustment data of the main body which are adjusted in the field are backed up to the parameter board (PB),
Note
• Since only one kind of data can be back upped, the data is overwritten when executed again.
(1) Procedure
(1) Procedure
Note
• The operation cannot be cancelled while in the bad sectors check and recovery. (The Stop button
and the [Return] key are disabled.
• When the bad sectors check and recovery is conducted and an error code recurs, replace HDD1
with a new one.
357
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A. Procedure
NOTE
• If you set DIPSW30-1 to 1, the parameter list and after are displayed.
• Do not use the parameter list and the memory dump list in the field because they are for devel-
opment.
5. Press the key for an item you want to output and press the [Copy] key
6. Press the Start button to output the selected list.
7. Press the [List Output] key.
8. "List output mode menu screen"
To output other lists, repeat steps 4 to 7.
*1 Prints out the latest 30 items of the sending and receiving history of the mail remote notification system
and the CS Remote Care. The start time of communications, the time period of communications (modem
only), the communication modes, the results of communications, and the senders (mail only) are printed.
The communication modes and the results of communications are displayed in the numbers of 4 digit
number. For the meaning of them, refer to the following table.
358
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
The SMTP reply codes (200 to 554) prescribed in the RFC1846, 2554 and 2821 are displayed in this place of
***.
359
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• Do not use any test pattern number not described in the service manual.
A. Procedure
360
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
[Check item]
• When density is set to 70 (halftone)
If there are white stripes, black stripes, determine whether the fault is with the scanner system or the pro-
cess system.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Developing unit, cleaning unit, charger unit, transfer/separation charger
unit, scanner mirrors, slit glass, original glass
• When density is set to 0 (white)
If the test pattern is gray background image, determine whether the fault is with the process.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Charger, high voltage contact
• When density is set to 255 (black)
If the density is light, determine whether the fault is with the process.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Write unit
* For information about setting the density, see "10.8.2 Test pattern density setting"
Note
• All print outputs in the user mode are outputted with 1-bit or 2-bit error diffusion. However,
since this pattern is output in 8-bit, an uneven density is apt to conspicuous. Therefore, when
checking an uneven density in halftones (other than 0 and 255 in the density setting), be sure to
use the test pattern No. 9.
Test patterns
When the density is set to 70 When the density is set to 0 When the density is set to 255
57gaf3c023na
361
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920
[Check item]
• Check the pattern to see if the laser output of LD1/LD2 is uniform with the gradation continuously repro-
duced.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Write unit, LD offset adjustment
* For LD offset adjustment, see "10.4.13 LD offset adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment)."
Test patterns
LD1 LD2
57gaf3c024na
362
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
[Check item]
• Check the pattern to see if the laser output of LD1/LD2 is uniform with the gradation continuously repro-
duced.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Write unit, LD offset adjustment
* For LD offset adjustment, see "10.4.13 LD offset adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment)."
Test patterns
LD1 LD2
57gaf3c025na
363
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920
[Check item]
• Check if there is any uneven density or transfer jitter.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Moisture absorption of paper, developing unit, charger unit, transfer/sepa-
ration charger unit.
Note
• The density of halftone changes according to the test pattern density adjustment.
• All print outputs in the user mode are outputted with 1-bit or 2-bit error diffusion. However,
since this pattern is output in 8-bit, an uneven density is apt to conspicuous, but less conspicu-
ous than the test pattern No. 1.
Test patterns
57gaf3c026na
364
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
[Check Items 1]
• Check the solid black pattern to see if there is uneven density found in the main scan and sub scan direc-
tions.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Charger unit, transfer/separation charger unit, developing unit, writing
dust-proof glass.
[Check Items 2]
• Check to see if there is any image repelling in the gradation pattern at the leading/trailing edge of the test
pattern in the sub scan direction.
[Recommended checkpoints]: transfer/separation charger unit
Test patterns
[1]
[2]
57gaf3c027na
365
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920
[Check item]
Judge from this test pattern whether the scanner system or the printer system is abnormal.
Items that can be checked include main scan magnification, sub scan magnification, image skew, and leading
edge timing of the printer system. If the copy image is defective despite no abnormality being visible on the
test pattern, the scanner system is defective.
Test patterns
[1]
31mm 237mm
20mm
[1]
190mm
m
0m
28
205.7mm
28
0m
m
190mm
190mm 57gaf3c028na
366
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
367
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A. Procedure
bizhub PRO 920
368
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
Note
• DIPSW bits data are written into the parameter board (PB) every time a change is made. Do not
change data hastily, for they cannot be automatically restored. Do not change any switch not
described in the service manual.
A. Procedure
369
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• Be sure not to change bits with no particular reference made of the function.
370
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
371
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
372
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
373
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
374
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
375
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
376
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
377
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
378
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
379
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• Bold boxes show default settings.
bizhub PRO 920
*1 Print stop condition after toner supply display Mode 1-1 1-0
Select the number of prints that stops printing after a
Stops after 1,500 prints 0 0
toner near empty displays.
Stops after 3,000 prints 0 1
Stops after 4,000 prints 1 0
Stops after 5,000 prints 1 1
*2 Print stop method after toner supply display Mode 1-3 1-2
Select the method to stop printing when the number
Stops after exit paper in 0 0
specified with DIPSW1-1/-2 is reached.
the machine
Stops at a break between 0 1
print set
Stops at the end of the 1 0
current job
Does not stop 1 1
*3 Print number setting until printing is prohibited Mode 1-7 1-6 1-5
after PM is displayed
1,000 prints 0 0 0
Select the number of prints that stops printing after
2,000 prints 0 0 1
the value specified with the PM counter is reached.
3,000 prints 0 1 0
4,000 prints 0 1 1
5,000 prints 1 0 0
1,000 prints 1 0 1
1,000 prints 1 1 0
1,000 prints 1 1 1
*4 All charge cleaning cycle (fixing temperature Mode 2-3 2-2 2-1
50°C or less when turning ON
Cleaning every time 0 0 0
Set the timing for the electrode cleaning, which is
At 5,000 prints 0 0 1
performed on the condition that the fusing tempera-
ture is below 50°C when the power is turned on. At 10,000 prints 0 1 0
At 15,000 prints 0 1 1
At 20,000 prints 1 0 0
At 25,000 prints 1 0 1
At 30,000 prints 1 1 0
No cleaning 1 1 1
380
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
Note
• Changing this switch to 1 in the original hav-
ing a typical blacking ratio results in the
image getting thinner.
*8 Image density selection (laser PWM) for copier Mode 5-3 5-2
Change the image writing laser PWM to make image
Standard (*190/170) 0 0
lighter.
Lighter (*1167/137) 0 1
(black). PWM 24 1 1
381
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
*10 Black band width in black band creation control Mode 6-4 6-3
Set the black band width in the black band creation
bizhub PRO 920
0.25 mm 0 0
control.
0.5 mm 0 1
0.75 mm 1 0
No band 1 1
*14 Image density selection (laser PWM) for printer Mode 8-1 8-0
Change the image writing laser PWM to make image
Standard (*190/170) 0 0
lighter.
Lighter (*167/137) 0 1
Lightest (*142/112) 1 0
Standard (*190/170) 1 1
* 0 (white) to 255 (black) represent density within
the image density range. Numbers represent
each image density at the line speed 460 mm/s,
290 mm/s from left.
382
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
383
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Compression memory 0 0
overall control board (OACB) and hard disk (HDD1).
187MB
Compression memory is used within the memory
Page memory 69MB
area of compressed image data, and expansion
Compression memory 0 1
memory is used for page memory of expanded image
159MB
data. There are 2 types of image memory; DRAM on
Page memory 97MB
IPB and hard disk/1 (10 GB of total 40 GB is used).
Compression memory 1 0
DRAM is used by priority. If hard disk/1 is damaged
220MB
and memory overflow occurs during scanning or
Page memory 36MB
transferring data from PC, increase compression
memory. If memory overflow occurs before printing Compression memory 1 1
starts, increase expansion memory. 46MB
Page memory 210MB
*20 Definition change of the large size paper in Mode 10-3 10-4
counter control
A3 · 11 x 17 0 0
Set a large paper size in DIPSW4-7 and 8-6.
Small size only 0 1
When the size of the wide paper and the irregular
A3 · 11 x 17 · 1 0
paper in the sub scan direction is larger than the min-
8.5 x 14 · B4 · 8K
imum size of the specified large size, this is treated as
a large size one. A3 · 11 x 17 · 1 1
8.5 x 14 · B4 · 8K · F4
384
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
*25 Non-image area erase mode judge level Mode 16-6 16-5
This setting should be changed if auto erase is car-
Standard 0 0
ried out incorrectly when "Non-image area erase
Correspond to dark origi- 0 1
mode" is used.
nal
Correspond to light inter- 1 0
ference
Not used 1 1
385
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
*27 Density selection at scanning tab paper Mode 17-6 17-5 17-4
Set the shading of the texture of index paper.
bizhub PRO 920
Brightness level 80 0 0 0
Brightness level 40 0 0 1
(Lightest)
Brightness level 60 0 1 0
Brightness level 100 0 1 1
Brightness level 120 1 0 0
Brightness level 160 1 0 1
Brightness level 200 1 1 0
Brightness level 255 1 1 1
(Darkest)
*29 Image scanning area with "Page margin" func- Mode 20-1
tion
Normal 0
Normal:Compare the original size and the transfer paper
Original priority 1
size, the smaller one is to be the image area.
Original priority:Original size is to be the image area.
386
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
387
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
*34 Image density selection (toner control patch density) Mode 27-3 27-2
Changes the image density by setting the developing
bizhub PRO 920
Standard 0 0
bias for the toner control patch formed on the drum
Approx. 0.5% up 0 1
to determine the toner density.
Approx. 1.0% up 1 0
*35 Side2 magnification correction with bypass tray Mode 36-7 36-6
Set the image magnification on the rear surface while
0% 0 0
in the double sided print from the bypass tray.
-0.1% 0 1
-0.2% 1 0
-0.3% 1 1
388
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
*37 TIFF direct print APS target paper size (F4) Mode 42-2 42-1
8 x 13 0 0
8.5 x 13 0 1
8.25 x 13 1 0
8.125 x 13.25 1 1
*38 Visual Counter Master counter value read-off Mode 46-1 46-0
intervals
Every 10 minutes 0 0
Every 1 minute 0 1
Not acquisition 1 0
Every 1 hour 1 1
1 389
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A. Procedure
NOTE
• When a number is less than 16 digits, be sure to use hyphen etc to fill up the blanks.
6. Press the [OK] key to register data.
Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the setting you entered.
Caution
• Never change the serial number of the main body. Otherwise, the fusing temperature abnormality
may occur.
A. Procedure
Note
• When the input data is incorrect, a notice screen appears. Press the [OK] key to close the screen
and input data again.
390
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
A. Procedure
A. Procedure
391
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• The [Image control] that is displayed on the screen represents the firmware version of the overall
control board (OACB).
A. Procedure
392
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
Note
• When the security enhanced mode is set to ON, the use of the main body NIC is not allowed.
The use of the IP NIC is available only when IC-203 is equipped.
Step Operation
When using the phone line modem When using the E-mail
Main body NIC IP NIC
0 Registered the machine ID in the application on the CS Remote Care center side.
When the machine ID is not registered, no initial connection cannot be made.
1 Modem connection When using the E-mail, remove the modem for the
Turn off the power of the modem, connect the phone line.
main body and the modem with a modem cable,
and the modem and the wall outlet with a modu-
lar cable.
* For the connection of a modular cable, see the
instructions of the modem to be used.
2 I/O check mode and data collection clear available
(Tech. Rep. mode → System Input → Software Switch Setting → Set 03-6 to "On (1)")
3 CS Remote Care memory initialization
(Tech. Rep. mode → Machine Condition → I/O Check Mode → [1] [5] [ACCESS] [9] [8] → [Start] button
ON)
4 CS Remote Care function ON
(Tech. Rep. mode → System Input → Software Switch Setting → Set 15-5 to "On (1)")
1 393
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Step Operation
bizhub PRO 920
When using the phone line modem When using the E-mail
Main body NIC IP NIC
5 Proceed to the step 6. CS Remote Care used CS Remote Care used
NIC selection (main NIC selection (IP NIC
body NIC used) used)
(Tech. Rep. mode → (Tech. Rep. mode →
System Input → Soft- System Input → Soft-
ware Switch Setting → ware Switch Setting →
Set 16-7 to "On (1)") Set 16-7 to "Off (0)")
6 CS Remote Care function selection CS Remote Care function selection
(Tech. Rep. mode → CS Remote Care → CS (Tech. Rep. mode → CS Remote Care → CS
Remote Care → Set Modem) Remote Care → Set E-mail)
7 No. code entry
(Tech. Rep. mode → CS Remote Care → CS Remote Care → Press No. Code → Enter the No. code*
→ Press No. Code)
* For the No. code, enter a specified code.
8 Date and time setting for the CS Remote Care
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → Date/Time setting → Press Setting Time → Enter the current
time → Press Set → Press Time Zone → Enter the time zone)
9 Center ID setting
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → Basic setting → Press the Center No. → Enter the center No.*)
* Enter the center No. in five digits.
10 Center telephone Number setting Response time out setting: Optional
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → Basic (Enter the No. code → Detail setting → Response
setting → Press Center Telephone Number → time out setting → Enter the response time out
Enter the center telephone Number*) time)
* Make an entry using "T" and "P" as required. (This is usually left as default.)
11 Machine telephone Number setting Proceed to the step 12.
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → Basic
setting → Press Machine Telephone Number →
Enter the machine telephone Number *)
* Make an entry using "T" and "P" as required.
12 Modem initialization AT command entry Main body mail address Controller mail address
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → AT com- setting setting
mand → Press First command → Enter the ini- This is set from the Web This is set by the admin-
tialization command *) utility on the browser of istrator set network set-
* For particulars of the initialization command, the PC connected to ting through the
see the instructions of the modem to be used. the main body NIC by operation panel of the
the network. main body.
Be sure to conduct the Be sure to conduct the
sending and receiving sending and receiving
test. test.
13 Software SW setting for the CS Remote Care Proceed to the step 14.
(Enter the No. code → Detail setting → Software
SW setting)
(Baud rate setting: Select the baud rate at the
software SW setting 01-4 to 7.)
394
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
Step Operation
395
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system
To change a combination of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system, refer to this table to
bizhub PRO 920
396
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
397
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
398
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
399
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• In case you changed bit data by accident, be sure to restore the previous state.
Note
• The response time out setting is automatically set on receiving the initial connection mail. Change
the setting if necessary.
400
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
A. Input procedure
Note
• About functions of each switch, see to “B. List of software SW for CS Remote Care.”
401
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• Do not change any bit not described on this table
402
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
403
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
No. Bit 0 1
13 2 Timer 3 — — 0
3 Not used — — 1
4 — — 0
5 — — 0
6 — — 0
7 — — 0
14 0 Timer 4 *11 *11 0
1 Line connection → Start request telegram deliv- *11 *11 0
2 ery *11 *11 0
3 *11 *11 0
4 *11 *11 0
5 *11 *11 1
6 *11 *11 0
7 *11 *11 0
15 0 Timer 5 *12 *12 0
1 Wait time for other side's response *12 *12 1
2 *12 *12 1
3 *12 *12 1
4 *12 *12 1
5 *12 *12 0
6 *12 *12 0
7 *12 *12 0
16 0 Retry data, timer 6 *13 *13 1
1 Initialization OK → Dial request *13 *13 1
2 *13 *13 1
3 *13 *13 1
4 *13 *13 1
5 *13 *13 1
6 *13 *13 1
7 *13 *13 1
17 0 Call JAM date (main body) *14 *14 1
1 Valid copy quantity *14 *14 0
2 Call ADF JAM date *15 *15 1
3 Valid original feed quantity *15 *15 0
4 Call JAM date *16 *16 1
5 MCBJ setting *16 *16 0
6 Call ADF JAM date *17 *17 1
7 MOBJ setting *17 *17 0
18 0 Attention display Do not call Call 1
1 to 7 — — — 0
19 to 40 0 to 7 — — — 0
404
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
405
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3 2 1 0
0 minute 0 0 0 0
10 minutes 0 0 0 1
20 minutes 0 0 1 0
30 minutes 0 0 1 1
40 minutes 0 1 0 0
50 minutes 0 1 0 1
60 minutes 0 1 1 0
70 minutes 0 1 1 1
80 minutes 1 0 0 0
90 minutes 1 0 0 1
100 minutes 1 0 1 0
110 minutes 1 0 1 1
120 minutes 1 1 0 0
406
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
*11 Timer 4 (Line connection → Start request tele- Mode DIPSW No.14
gram delivery)
*12 Timer 5 (Wait time for other side's response) Mode DIPSW No.15
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 to 29 sec 0000 0000 to 0001 1101
30 sec 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0
31 to 255 sec 0001 1111 to 1111 1111
*14 Call JAM date (main body) Valid copy quantity Mode DIPSW No.17
1 0
3000 copies 0 0
6000 copies 0 1
9000 copies 1 0
12000 copies 1 1
*15 Call ADF JAM date Valid original feed quantity Mode DIPSW No.17
3 2
600 sheets 0 0
1200 sheets 0 1
1800 sheets 1 0
2400 sheets 1 1
407
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
*17 Call ADF JAM date MOBJ setting Mode DIPSW No.17
bizhub PRO 920
7 6
100 0 0
200 0 1
400 1 0
600 1 1
408
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
409
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
• CSRC Receive
Select [On].
• POP Server Address
Specify the POP server address. You can use symbols and alphanumeric characters within 245 charac-
ters.
• User Name
Enter the user name to login to the POP server. You can use symbols and alphanumeric characters within
63 characters.
• Password
Enter the password to login to the POP server. You can use symbols and alphanumeric characters within
15 characters.
410
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
411
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
tion mail to the mail address of the main body, thus enabling mail transmission between the center and the main
body.
MEMO:
• About how to send the initial connection mail, refer to the CS Remote Care center's manual.
• Mail transmission are possible only between the center and the main body that the initial connection has
been established.
• The initial connection mail is sent from the center. The mail address of the center used then is stored in the
main body.
• To check the center's mail address on the main body, output "Machine Management List." Procedure:
Tech. Rep. mode → 05 List Output → 01 List Output → Machine Management List. Press the [COPY] key
at upper left of the screen to output the list from the basic screen.
412
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
During the maintenance, the [Start] button blinks until the completion of the maintenance.
About how to call the center and send various data of the main body on the specified date and time, refer to the
CS Remote Care center's manual.
413
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
414
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
415
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
K05_92 Controller in operation: unable to send a mail In the manual transmission, retry
because the controller is in operation. when the controller is idling. In the
auto transmission, an automatic retry
is performed after 1 minute.
K05_93 Mail sending error: an error was returned on sending In the auto transmission, an auto-
a mail. matic retry is performed after the
specified time. Check if there is no
fault in the network environment and
the network settings.
K05_94 Machine in operation: unable to send a mail because In the manual transmission, retry
the machine is in operation. when the machine is idling. In the
auto transmission, an automatic retry
is performed after 1 minute.
K05_95 Controller not connected: unable to send a mail Check the connection between the
because the controller is not connected. controller and the main body.
K05_96 Controller-driven SC: unable to send a mail because In case of the controller-driven SC, a
of a controller-driven SC (49-xx). mail cannot be sent through the con-
troller. Use a telephone. This error do
not occur in the main body NIC.
* The shaded error codes are the ones that may occur when a transmission is made from the main body to
the center.
10.11.15 Troubleshooting
Check the followings when the main body neither receives the initial connection mail nor returns a response.
1) The center ID or the machine ID are not set in the main body.
2) The center ID or the machine ID are different (A machine ID error is not returned at the initial connection).
3) CS Remote Care function is disabled, or the phone line is selected in the CS Remote Care function selection.
4) Communication between the main body and the mail server is not proper (Check this with a transmission
test).
416
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
10.12 ISW
Note
• Be sure "10.13.2 Half hold stopper adjustment (FS-604)" has been adjusted.
A. Procedure
15sjf3c100na
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Fold and Staple stopper adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -128 (lower) to +127 (upper) 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
417
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A. Procedure
15sjf3c101na
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Fold stopper adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -128 to +127 1 step = 0.1 mm
• In the case of the misalignment given in the step 6, enter a set value to the negative side.
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
A. Procedure
418
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
Note
• Reducing the trimming amount less than 2
15smf3c003na
mm may cause a trimming error.
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Trimming stopper adjustment screen"
Enter a value of the trimming amount through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -128 (reducing) to +127 (increasing) 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
419
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A. Procedure
[2]
15knf3c002nb
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Punch kit Vert. pos. adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -50 (in front) to +50 (in back) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
420
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
15knf3c001nb
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Punch kit Horiz. pos. adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -50 (shorter) to +50 (longer) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
421
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A. Procedure
[2]
15kvf3c002nb
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Punch unit Vert. pos. adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -50 (in back) to +50 (in front) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
422
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
15kvf3c001nb
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Punch unit Horizontal position adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -50 (longer) to +50 (shorter) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
423
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A. Procedure
424
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
A. Procedure
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "1st fold position adj. screen" or "2nd fold position adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -128 to +127 1 step = 0.1 mm
• The dimension [1] in the step 7 gets smaller when the set value is moved to the positive side in the 1st
folding adjustment and gets larger when moved to the negative side. In the same manner, the dimension
[2] get smaller when moved to the positive side in the 2nd folding adjustment and get larger when moved
to the negative side.
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
425
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• The 2nd folding position (dimension "b") is mechanically adjusted. (See "Mechanical adjustment”
in FS-604 Field service.)
A. Procedure
c
a
b 15sjf3c102na
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Letter Fold adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -128 (larger) to +127 (smaller) 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
426
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
a 15sjf3c103na
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "2 position staple pitch adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range:120 to 160 1 step = 1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
427
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A. Procedure
a
15sjf3c104na
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Fold and Staple staple pitch adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range:120 to 160 1 step = 1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
428
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
A. Procedure
Note
• The selection of the [Administrator Password Setting] key is limited only when the [Administrator
Authentication] is set to "Authentication On."
• Do not use anything easily guessed by others such as your name, birthday.
A. Procedure
429
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
10. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.15 CE Setting
bizhub PRO 920
Important
• The use of the [Enhance Security Mode] in the [Administrator Setting] in the utility mode is limited
only when the [CE Authentication Setting] is set to "Authentication On."
10.15.1 CE authentication
To enhance security of the Tech. Rep. mode, configure the setting so that a password is required to enter the
Tech. Rep. mode.
A. Procedure
Note
• The selection of the [CE Password Setting] key is limited only when the [CE Authentication] is set
to "Authentication On."
• Do not use anything easily guessed by others such as your name, birthday.
• CE should not inform other people of the password.
A. Procedure
430
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 10. TECH. REP. MODE
A. Procedure
Note
• Be sure to output the settings information list before formatting parameters.
• [Font]
Formats the font data storage area.
Conduct this when deleting downloaded external font data.
Note
• By formatting, all downloaded external fonts are deleted.
• [Spool]
Formats the spool area.
There is no need to format this area alone.
431
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
11.1.1 Procedure
1. Disable (data=1) the Software DIPSW12-3 "Printer
mis-centering correction." (See "10.9.1 Software
switch setting.")
2. Perform copying/printing without automatic cor-
rection to check the mis-centering of image.
3. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2," and
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
4. If any paper remaining, remove it.
5. If the paper guide [1] is at the small size position,
stretch the guide.
6. Loosen 2 screws [2].
[1] 7. Move the paper guide [1]. According to the mis-
centering you checked in step 2, adjust the center
position using the marking line [3].
[2]
8. Tighten 2 screws [2].
[3]
57gaf3c010na
432
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
11.2.1 Procedure
1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2," and
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
[1]
3.")
2. Place the paper feed assist plate [3] on the paper
feed assist plate holder [2] of the pick-up roller
assembly [1] and fasten it with the 2 screws [4].
[4]
[3] [2] Note
• Up to 6 paper feed assist plates (P/N:
56GA4242) can be installed. When installing
up to 3 plates, use M3 x 6 mm screws and
when installing 4 to 6 plates, use M3 x 8 mm
screws.
433
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
When the lift wire is replaced or the lift tray is inclined, conduct this adjustment.
11.3.1 Procedure
1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2," and
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
2. If any paper remaining, remove it.
3. In order to remove the tray with the lift tray
brought up, put the rubber eraser [2] under the
up/down drive connecting lever [1].
[2]
[1]
57gaf3c013na
4. With the tray set, check the lift tray to see if it has
[3] [3] completed the up operation by listening to the
operating sound of the paper lift motor, and then
pull out the tray again.
5. Remove the tray. (See "6.3.18 Removing/reinstall-
ing the paper feed tray 1 and 2," and "6.3.20
Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 3.")
[4] [4]
6. While holding the pulley mounting bracket [1] by
hand, loosen the screw [2] and, with the marking
[3] used as a guide, make the lift plate [4] horizon-
tal.
7. Tighten up the screw [2].
Note
• After completion of adjustments, be sure to
take off the rubber eraser set under the up/
[1]
down drive connecting lever.
434
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2," and
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
2. Remove the tray cover and then remove the
paper lift unit. (See "3.13.5 Replacing the pre-reg-
istration roller (Trays 1, 2, 3).")
Note
• When conducting the adjustment of the tray
3, the paper lift unit is not required to be
[2]
removed.
435
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A. Procedure
1. Remove the ADU from the main body. (See
[2]
"3.16.1 Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the ADU cover. (See "3.16.2 Replacing
the registration clutch (CL1).")
3. Remove the registration section. (See "3.16.3
Removing/reinstalling the registration section.")
4. Remove the ADU pre-registration clutch and the
registration motor assembly. (See "3.16.5 Replac-
ing the loop roller/ADU exit roller/pre-registration
roller/ADU pre-registration bearing/ADU pre-regis-
tration clutch (CL2).")
5. Loosen the 2 screws [1] and slide the installation
position of the bearing fitting [2].
6. Tight up the 2 screws [1] securely to fix the bear-
[1] 57gaf3c016na
ing fitting [2].
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
8. Make a copy/print and check the paper skew.
9. Repeat steps 1 to 8, if it is not improved.
436
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
Note
• Affected by the paper type and the operating environment (the no feed is likely in the low temper-
ature environment and the double feed is likely in the high temperature environment).
• Excess adjustment may reverse the symptom.
Note
• The separation pressure gets stronger when
sliding it in the direction of [3] and gets
weaker when sliding it in the direction of [2].
Weak: Improves double feed jams.
Strong: Improves no feed jams.
Reference
• The spring pressure changes approx. 10%
each time the position is slid 1 scale in either
direction.
437
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
• The separation pressure gets stronger when
the spring is changed to the position indi-
cated by [2] and gets weaker when changed
to the position indicated by [3].
[2] [3] Weak: Improves double feed jams.
Strong: Improves no feed jams.
Reference
• The spring pressure changes approx. 15%
each time the installation position is changed
1 scale in either direction.
438
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
Note
• Since this adjustment affects the pick-up release amount, be sure to adjust the pick-up release
amount after completion of the adjustment. (See "11.7 Pick-up release amount adjustment of the
trays 1, 2 and 3")
11.6.1 Procedure
1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2," and
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
2. If any paper remaining, remove it.
3. In order to remove the tray with the lift tray
brought up, put the rubber eraser [2] under the
up/down drive connecting lever [1].
[2]
[1]
57gaf3c019na
439
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
4. With the tray set, check the lift tray to see if it has
[1]
bizhub PRO 920
Note
• Be sure to install the upper limit sensor
mounting bracket [3] so that it become hori-
zontal.
Adjustment standard
• When the value is in excess of the standard
value, bring down the upper limit sensor posi-
tion. (The lift tray stop position gets higher.)
• When it is smaller than the standard value,
bring up the upper limit sensor position. (The
lift tray stop position gets lower.)
• When there occurs a no feed tendency, bring
down the upper limit sensor position.
• When there occurs a double feed tendency,
bring up the upper limit sensor position.
• When the edge of paper is folded, bring up
the upper limit sensor position.
• When paper curls up, bring down the upper
limit sensor position.
440
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
Note
• Setting the tray with the pick-up roller failed
441
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
When the pick-up roller height adjustment is made, conduct the paper feed pick-up amount adjustment.
11.7.1 Procedure
1. Remove the tray.
2. If any paper remaining, remove it.
3. In order to remove the tray with the lift tray
brought up, put the rubber eraser [2] under the
up/down drive connecting lever [1].
[2]
[1]
57gaf3c021na
442
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
4. With the tray set, check the lift tray to see if it has
[2]
Note
• Before loosening the screw [4], be sure to
[4] [5]
make a note of the position of the pick-up
57gaf3c022na
solenoid [1] with a marking line [5].
Note
• After completion of adjustments, be sure to
take off the rubber eraser set under the up/
down drive connecting lever.
443
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920
Blank page
444
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 12. JAM CODE
TROUBLESHOOTING
445
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
tion operation
Tray 2 J12-01 The pre-registration sensor /2 (PS50) If there is a Open the main body
During operation
does not turn ON within a specified sheet of paper vertical conveyance
period of time after the paper feed being printed door and remove
clutch /2 (CL5) turns ON. when a jam jammed paper if any.
J12-02 The paper feed sensor /2 (PS49) does occurs, the main Pull out the tray and
not turn ON within a specified period of body completes remove jammed paper
time after the pre-registration clutch /2 the paper exit if any.
(CL6) turns ON. before stopping
The vertical conveyance sensor /2 operations.
(PS53) does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time after the pre-registra-
tion clutch /2 (CL6) turns ON.
The pre-registration sensor /2 (PS50)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after the pre-registration
clutch /2 (CL6) turns ON.
The vertical conveyance sensor /2
(PS53) does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time after the paper feed
sensor /2 (PS49) turns ON.
J12-03 The vertical conveyance sensor /2 Open the main body
When idling
446
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 12. JAM CODE
During operation
does not turn OFF within a specified sheet of paper vertical conveyance
period of time after the pre-registration being printed door and remove
clutch /3 (CL8) turns ON. when a jam jammed paper if any.
The vertical conveyance sensor /3 occurs, the main Pull out the tray and
(PS19) does not turn ON within a speci- body completes remove jammed paper
fied period of time after the paper feed the paper exit if any.
sensor /3 (PS51) turns ON. before stopping
J13-03
When idling
The vertical conveyance sensor /3 operations. Open the main body
(PS19) turns ON while in idling. vertical conveyance
door and remove
jammed paper if any.
J13-04 The paper feed sensor /3 (PS51) turns Open the main body
ON while in idling. vertical conveyance
J13-05 The pre-registration sensor /3 (PS52) door and remove
turns ON while in idling. jammed paper if any.
Pull out the tray and
remove jammed paper
if any.
LU J14-01 The pre-registration sensor (PS107) Open the LU upper
During operation
while in idling.
J14-04 The pre-registration sensor (PS107)
turns ON while in idling.
Paper feed J17-01 Within a specified period of time after Open the front door to
During operation
conveyance the loop sensor (PS54) or the ADU exit pull out the ADU stand,
(common to sensor (PS46) turns ON, the registration and then open the reg-
each tray) sensor (PS44) does not turn ON. istration loop jam han-
dling section and the
open/close guide B to
remove a jammed
paper, if any.
Paper feed J17-02 The loop sensor (PS54) does not turn Open the main body
conveyance ON within a specified period of time vertical conveyance
(tray 1) after the paper feed sensor /1 (PS47) door and remove
turns ON. jammed paper if any.
447
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
tion operation
Paper feed J17-03 The loop sensor (PS54) does not turn If there is a Open the main body
During operation
conveyance ON within a specified period of time sheet of paper vertical conveyance
(trays 2/3) after the vertical conveyance sensor /2 being printed door and remove
(PS53) turns ON. when a jam jammed paper if any.
Paper feed J17-04 The vertical conveyance sensor /2 occurs, the main
conveyance (PS53) does not turn ON within a speci- body completes
(tray 2) fied period of time after the paper feed the paper exit
sensor /2 (PS49) turns ON. before stopping
Paper feed J17-05 The vertical conveyance sensor /2 operations.
conveyance (PS53) does not turn ON within a speci-
(tray 3) fied period of time after the paper feed
sensor /3 (PS51) turns ON.
LU J17-06 The loop sensor (PS54) does not turn Open the LU jam door
ON within a specified period of time and remove jammed
after the LU exit sensor (PS106) turns paper if any.
ON.
Paper feed J17-07 The paper leading edge sensor (PS45) Open the front door to
conveyance turns ON while in idling. pull out the ADU stand
J17-08 The registration sensor (PS44) turns ON and remove a jammed
When idling
LU J19-02 While in the print, the jam door is Open the LU jam door
During operation
while in idling.
448
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 12. JAM CODE
During operation
paper feed does not turn ON within a specified sheet of paper pull out the ADU stand
conveyance period of time after the registration sen- being printed and remove a jammed
sor (PS44) turns ON. when a jam paper, if any.
J31-02 The fusing exit sensor (PS2) does not occurs, the main
turn ON within a specified period of body completes
time after the paper leading edge sen- the paper exit
sor (PS45) turns ON. before stopping
Fusing/ J32-01 The paper exit sensor (PS61) does not operations.
paper turn ON within a specified period of
exit time after the fusing exit sensor (PS2)
turns ON.
J32-02 The reverse sensor (PS57) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the fusing exit sensor (PS2)
turns ON.
J32-03 The reverse sensor (PS57) does not
turn ON again within a specified period
of time after the PS57 turns ON.
J32-04 The paper exit sensor (PS61) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the reverse sensor (PS57)
turns ON again.
J32-05 The paper exit sensor (PS61) does not
turn OFF within a specified period of
time after the PS61 turns ON.
J32-06 The paper exit sensor (PS61) turns ON
When idling
while in idling.
J32-08 The reverse sensor (PS57) turns ON
while in idling.
J32-09 The fusing exit sensor (PS2) turns ON
while in idling.
J32-10 The reverse conveyance sensor (PS8)
turns ON while in idling.
J32-11 The fusing jam sensor (PS3) turns ON
while in idling.
Front J51-01 While in the print, the right front door or The main body
During operation
449
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
tion operation
ADU J92-01 The ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS58) does If there is a Open the front door to
During operation
not turn ON within a specified period of sheet of paper pull out the ADU stand
time after the reverse sensor (PS57) being printed and remove a jammed
turns ON. when a jam paper, if any.
J92-02 The ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS58) does occurs, the main
not turn ON again within a specified body completes
period of time after the PS58 turns ON. the paper exit
J92-03
When idling
The ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS58) before stopping
turns ON while in idling. operations.
DF J61-01 The RADF open/close sensor (PS301) The DF stops Open the open/close
During operation
450
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 12. JAM CODE
During operation
(PS308) does not turn ON within a immediately. cover and remove
specified period of time after the pre- If there is paper jammed paper if any.
feed start of the front side of the double being trans-
sided original (including the single sided ferred or having
original). been trans-
J62-03 The original conveyance sensor ferred, the main
(PS308) does not turn ON within a body completes
specified period of time after the pre- the paper exit
feed start of the back side of the double before stopping
sided original. operations.
J62-04 While in the forward rotation of the orig-
inal conveyance motor (M301), the orig-
inal conveyance sensor (PS308) does
not turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON.
J62-05 While in the reverse rotation of the origi-
nal conveyance motor (M301), the origi-
nal conveyance sensor (PS308) does
not turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON.
J62-06 When entering a large size double sided
original in the reverse section, the origi-
nal reverse sensor (PS309) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the original conveyance sen-
sor (PS308) turns ON.
J62-07 When exiting a large size single sided
original, the original exit sensor /Lt
(PS307) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the original
conveyance sensor (PS308) turns ON.
J62-08 When exiting a large size double sided
original, the original exit sensor /Lt
(PS307) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the original
reverse sensor (PS309) turns ON.
J62-09 When exiting a large size single sided
original, the original exit sensor /Lt
(PS307) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after it turns
ON.
451
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
tion operation
DF J62-10 When exiting a large size double sided The DF stops Open the open/close
During operation
original, the original exit sensor /Lt immediately. cover and remove
(PS307) does not turn OFF within a If there is paper jammed paper if any.
specified period of time after it turns being trans-
ON. ferred or having
been trans-
J63-01 When outputting a large size double
ferred, the main
sided original from the reverse section,
body completes
the original reverse sensor (PS309)
the paper exit
does not turn ON.
before stopping
J63-02 When entering a large size double sided
operations.
original into the reverse section, the
original reverse sensor (PS309) does
not turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON.
J63-03 When outputting a large size double
sided original from the reverse section,
the original reverse sensor (PS309)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON.
J63-04 When exiting a small size single sided
original, the original exit sensor /Rt
(PS314) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the original
reverse sensor (PS309) turns ON.
J63-05 When exiting a small size double sided
original, the original exit sensor /Rt
(PS314) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the original
reverse/exit sensor (PS313) turns ON.
J63-06 When exiting a small size single sided
original, the original exit sensor /Rt
(PS314) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after it turns
ON.
J63-07 When exiting a small size double sided
original, the original exit sensor /Rt
(PS314) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after it turns
ON.
452
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 12. JAM CODE
During operation
sided original into the reverse section, immediately. cover and remove
the original reverse sensor (PS309) If there is paper jammed paper if any.
does not turn ON within a specified being trans-
period of time after original conveyance ferred or having
sensor (PS308) turns ON. been trans-
J63-09 When outputting a small size double ferred, the main
sided original from the reverse section, body completes
the original reverse sensor (PS309) the paper exit
does not turn ON. before stopping
operations.
453
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
tion operation
FS J72-16 The FS entrance sensor (PS4) does not The FS/main Remove jammed paper
During operation
turn ON within a specified period of body stop if any from the FS/main
time after the paper exit sensor (PS61) immediately. body.
turns ON.
J72-17 The sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the FS entrance
sensor (PS4) turns ON. (Shift mode)
J72-18 The stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the FS entrance
sensor (PS4) turns ON. (while in sta-
pling)
J72-19 The stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after the PS5 turns ON.
J72-20 The main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the start of exiting
paper (while in stapling).
J72-21 After start of the paper exit operation,
the main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time. (While in the staple)
J72-22 The sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the FS entrance
sensor (PS4) turns ON (while in exiting
paper in the sub tray).
J72-23 The sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON (while in
exiting paper in the sub tray).
J72-24 The folding passage sensor (PS26)
does not turn ON after stapling is com-
pleted. (FS-604 only)
J72-25 The folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after completion of the
folding operation. (FS-604 only)
J72-26 The folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON. (FS-604
only)
454 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 12. JAM CODE
During operation
does not turn OFF within a specified body stop if any from the FS/main
period of time after it turns ON. immediately. body.
J72-29 The sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON. (Shift
mode)
J72-30 The main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON. (Staple
mode)
TU J72-32 The entrance sensor (PS101) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the folding paper exit sensor
(PS25) turns ON.
J72-33 The conveyance sensor (PS102) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the entrance sensor (PS101)
turns ON.
J72-34 Paper does not pass through the paper
exit sensor (PS108) within a specified
period of time after the conveyance
motor (M101) turns ON.
PI J72-35 The paper entrance sensor /Lw (PS206)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the conveyance
clutch /Lw (CL202) turns ON.
ZU J72-38 The leading, trailing, and side edge sen- The ZU/main Remove jammed paper
sors on the paper edge sensor board body stop if any from the ZU/main
(PESB) do not turn ON within a speci- immediately. body.
fied period of time after the paper exit
sensor (PS61) turns ON.
J72-39 The leading, trailing, and side edge sen-
sors on the paper edge sensor board
(PESB) do not turn OFF within a speci-
fied period of time after they turn ON.
J72-40 The passage sensor (PS1) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the leading, trailing, and side
edge sensors on the paper edge sen-
sor board (PESB) turn ON.
1 455
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
tion operation
ZU J72-41 The passage sensor (PS1) does not The ZU/main Remove jammed paper
During operation
turn OFF within a specified period of body stop if any from the ZU/main
time after it turns ON. While in the Z- immediately. body.
folding mode of the ZU, the PS1 does
not turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON while in the sec-
ond folding operation.
J72-42 While in the exit of the second folding,
the passage sensor (PS1) does not turn
OFF within a specified period of time
after it turns ON.
J72-43 Within a specified period of time after
the leading edge/trailing edge/side
edge sensor in the paper edge sensor
board (PESB) turns OFF, the corre-
sponding side edge sensor in the PESB
does not turn ON.
The punch home sensor (PS6) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the punch motor turns ON.
J72-44 The exit sensor (PS9) does not turn ON
within a specified period of time after
the leading, trailing, and side edge sen-
sors on the paper edge sensor board
(PESB) turn ON.
J72-45 The exit sensor (PS9) does not turn ON
within a specified period of time after
the paper exit sensor (PS61) turns ON.
J72-46 The exit sensor (PS9) does not turn
OFF within a specified period of time
after it turns ON.
J72-47 Paper remains in ZU within a specified
period of time after the main body sent
ZU a stop signal.
FS J72-48 The folding passage sensor (PS26) The FS/main Remove jammed paper
does not turn OFF within a specified body stop if any from the FS/main
period of time after it turns ON. (while in immediately. body.
folding mode) (FS-604 only)
PI J72-49 The paper entrance sensor /Up (PS201) The PI/main Remove jammed paper
does not turn ON within a specified body stop if any from the PI/main
period of time after the conveyance immediately. body.
clutch /Up (CL201) turns ON.
J72-50 The FS entrance sensor (PS4) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the paper entrance sensor /
Up (PS201) turns ON.
456 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 12. JAM CODE
During operation
turn ON within a specified period of body stop if any from the PI/main
time after the paper entrance sensor / immediately. body.
Lw (PS206) turns ON.
ZU J72-60 After the leading edge/trailing edge/side The ZU/main Remove jammed paper
edge sensor in the paper edge sensor body stop if any from the ZU/main
board (PESB) turns OFF, the corre- immediately. body.
sponding side edge sensor in the PESB
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time.
The punch home sensor (PS6) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the punch clutch (CL1) turns
ON.
J72-61 The passage sensor (PS1) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the leading, trailing, and side
edge sensors on the paper edge sen-
sor board (PESB) turn ON.
J72-62 The exit sensor (PS9) does not turn ON
within a specified period of time after
the passage sensor (PS1) turns ON.
J72-63 The conveyance motor (M6) lost syn-
chronism.
FS J72-81 The stapler home sensor /Fr (PS31) The FS/main Remove jammed paper
does not turn ON within a specified body stop if any from the FS/main
period of time after the stapler motor /Fr immediately. body.
(M14) turns ON. (FS-509)
The clincher home sensor /Fr (PS33)
and stapler home sensor /Fr (PS31) do
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the clincher motor /Fr (M15)
and stapler motor /Fr (M14) turn ON.
(FS-604)
J72-82 The stapler home sensor /Rr (PS30)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the stapler motor /
Rr (M9) turns ON. (FS-509)
The clincher home sensor /Rr (PS32)
and stapler home sensor /Rr (PS30) do
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the clincher motor /Rr (M10)
and stapler motor /Rr (M9) turn ON.
(FS-604)
1 457
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
12. JAM CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
tion operation
FS J72-83 The stapler home sensors /Rr (PS30) The FS/main Remove jammed paper
During operation
and /Fr (PS31) do not turn ON within a body stop if any from the FS/main
specified period of time after the stapler immediately. body.
motors /Rr (M9) and /Fr (M10) turn ON.
(FS-509)
The clincher home sensor /Rr (PS32), /Fr
(PS33), stapler home sensor /Rr (PS30)
and /Fr (PS31) do not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the clincher
motor /Rr (M10), /Fr (M15), stapler motor
/Rr (M9) and /Fr (M14) turn ON. (FS-604)
J72-90 The FS does not stop within a specified
period of time after the main body
sends it a stop signal.
J73-01 The main tray exit sensor (PS6) turns — Remove jammed paper
When idling
458 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
B. Code list
NOTE
• For codes with "*" given in the error code column, a message "Turn off the power and turn it on
again" is displayed on the operation board.
• For codes with "#" given in the error code column, no error code is displayed. However, these
code are left as a record for data collection, list output and CSRC.
• For codes with no "*" or "#" given in the error code column, a message "Contact the service" is
displayed.
459
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
operation
Tray 1 SC18-11# When the upper limit sensor /1 Error code is not Paper lift motor /1 (M19)
Main body (PS20) is OFF, PS20 does not displayed on the Printer control board
turn ON within a specified period operation panel, (PRCB)
of time after the paper lift motor / but displayed Upper limit sensor /1 (PS20)
1 (M19) turns ON for lifting opera- only on the data DC power supply /2
tion. And at this time, an error collection, the (DCPS2)
detection signal (24V cut off) is list output and Loose connection
detected. CSRC. Since Tray rear end restriction
SC18-12# When the upper limit sensor /1 the lifting opera- plate misaligned
(PS20) is OFF, PS20 does not tion of the tray is Paper improperly loaded
turn ON within a specified period not completed, Tray 1
of time after the paper lift motor / "Set paper in the
1 (M19) turns ON for lifting opera- tray 1" is dis-
tion. And at this time, an error played on the
detection signal (blowout of ICP) operation panel.
is detected.
SC18-13# When the upper limit sensor /1
(PS20) is OFF, PS20 does not
turn ON within a specified period
of time after the paper lift motor /
1 (M19) turns ON for lifting opera-
tion. And at this time, an error
detection signal is not detected.
Tray 2 SC18-20 The locking of the paper lift motor The main body Paper lift motor /2 (M20)
/2 (M20) is detected. stops immedi- Printer control board
When M20 is ON, an error detec- ately to turn OFF (PRCB)
tion signal of the M20 is detected. the main relay Upper limit sensor /2 (PS21)
(RL1). DC power supply /2
SC18-21# When the upper limit sensor /2 Error code is not (DCPS2)
(PS21) is OFF, PS21 does not displayed on the Loose connection
turn ON within a specified period operation panel, Tray rear end restriction
of time after the paper lift motor / but displayed plate misaligned
2 (M20) turns ON for lifting opera- only on the data Paper improperly loaded
tion. And at this time, an error collection, the Tray 2
detection signal (24V cut off) is list output and
detected. CSRC. Since
SC18-22# When the upper limit sensor /2 the lifting opera-
(PS21) is OFF, PS21 does not tion of the tray is
turn ON within a specified period not completed,
of time after the paper lift motor / "Set paper in the
2 (M20) turns ON for lifting opera- tray 2" is dis-
tion. And at this time, an error played on the
detection signal (blowout of ICP) operation panel.
is detected.
460
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
Main body
(PS21) is OFF, PS21 does not displayed on the Printer control board
turn ON within a specified period operation panel, (PRCB)
of time after the paper lift motor / but displayed Upper limit sensor /2 (PS21)
2 (M20) turns ON for lifting opera- only on the data DC power supply /2
tion. And at this time, an error collection, the (DCPS2)
detection signal is not detected. list output and Loose connection
CSRC. Since Tray rear end restriction
the lifting opera- plate misaligned
tion of the tray is Paper improperly loaded
not completed, Tray 2
"Set paper in the
tray 2" is dis-
played on the
operation panel.
Tray 3 SC18-30 The locking of the paper lift motor The main body Paper lift motor /3 (M21)
/3 (M21) is detected. stops immedi- Printer control board
When M21 is ON, an error detec- ately to turn OFF (PRCB)
tion signal of the M21 is detected. the main relay Upper limit sensor /3 (PS22)
(RL1). Loose connection
SC18-31# When the upper limit sensor /3 Error code is not Tray rear end restriction
(PS22) is OFF, PS22 does not displayed on the plate misaligned
turn ON within a specified period operation panel, Paper improperly loaded
of time after the paper lift motor / but displayed Tray 3
3 (M21) turns ON for lifting opera- only on the data
tion. And at this time, an error collection, the
detection signal (24V cut off) is list output and
detected. CSRC. Since
SC18-32# When the upper limit sensor /3 the lifting opera-
(PS22) is OFF, PS22 does not tion of the tray is
turn ON within a specified period not completed,
of time after the paper lift motor / "Set paper in the
3 (M21) turns ON for lifting opera- tray 3" is dis-
tion. And at this time, an error played on the
detection signal (blowout of ICP) operation panel.
is detected.
SC18-33# When the upper limit sensor /3
(PS22) is OFF, PS22 does not
turn ON within a specified period
of time after the paper lift motor /
3 (M21) turns ON for lifting opera-
tion. And at this time, an error
detection signal is not detected.
461
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
operation
LU SC18-40 The locking of the paper lift motor The main body Paper lift motor (M100)
LU (M100) is detected. stops immedi- DC power supply /2
When the paper lift motor (M100) ately to turn OFF (DCPS2)
is ON, an error detection signal of the main relay LU drive board (LUDB)
M100 is detected in succession (RL1). Lower limit sensor (PS101)
for 1 second. Upper limit sensor (PS109)
SC18-41# When the upper limit sensor Error code is not Loose connection
(PS109) or the lower limit sensor displayed on the
(PS101) is OFF, PS109 or PS101 operation panel,
does not turn ON within a speci- but displayed
fied period of time after the paper only on the data
lift motor (M100) turns ON for its collection, the
lifting or lowering operation. And list output and
at this time, an error detection CSRC. Since
signal (24V cut off) is detected. the lifting opera-
SC18-42# When the upper limit sensor tion of the tray is
(PS109) or the lower limit sensor not completed,
(PS101) is OFF, PS109 or PS101 "Set paper in the
does not turn ON within a speci- tray 4" is dis-
fied period of time after the paper played on the
lift motor (M100) turns ON for its operation panel.
lifting or lowering operation. And
at this time, an error detection
signal (blowout of ICP) is
detected.
SC18-43# When the upper limit sensor Paper lift motor (M100)
(PS109) or the lower limit sensor LU drive board (LUDB)
(PS101) is OFF, PS109 or PS101 Lower limit sensor (PS101)
does not turn ON within a speci- Upper limit sensor (PS109)
fied period of time after the paper Loose connection
lift motor (M100) turns ON for its
lifting or lowering operation. And
at this time, an error detection
signal is not detected.
Bypass SC18-51# When the upper limit sensor / "Press START to Bypass tray lift motor (M22)
Main body
bypass (PS23) or the lower limit restart" is dis- Printer control board
sensor /bypass (PS43) is OFF, played on the (PRCB)
PS23 or PS43 does not turn ON operation panel. Upper limit sensor /Bypass
within a specified period of time An error code is (PS23)
after the bypass tray lift motor displayed (J10- Lower limit sensor /Bypass
(M22) turns ON for its lifting or 01 jam count) (PS43)
lowering operation. And at this only for data col- DC power supply /2
time, an error detection signal lection, list out- (DCPS2)
(24V cut off) is detected. put and CSRC. Loose connection
462
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
Main body
bypass (PS23) or the lower limit restart" is dis- Printer control board
sensor /bypass (PS43) is OFF, played on the (PRCB)
PS23 or PS43 does not turn ON operation panel. Upper limit sensor /Bypass
within a specified period of time An error code is (PS23)
after the bypass tray lift motor displayed (J10- Lower limit sensor /Bypass
(M22) turns ON for its lifting or 01 jam count) (PS43)
lowering operation. And at this only for data col- DC power supply /2
time, an error detection signal lection, list out- (DCPS2)
(blowout of ICP) is detected. put and CSRC. Loose connection
SC18-53# When the upper limit sensor /
bypass (PS23) or the lower limit
sensor /bypass (PS43) is OFF,
PS23 or PS43 does not turn ON
within a specified period of time
after the bypass tray lift motor
(M22) turns ON for its lifting or
lowering operation. And at this
time, an error detection signal is
not detected.
463
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
operation
Wire SC21-01 • When the charge cleaning The main body Charge cleaning motor
Main body cleaning home sensor (PS41) is OFF stops immedi- (M23)
abnor- with the main power switch ately to turn OFF Printer control board
mality (SW1) ON, PS41 does not the main relay (PRCB)
turn ON within a specified (RL1). Charge cleaning home sen-
period of time after the charge sor (PS41)
cleaning motor (M23) turns Charge cleaning limit sensor
ON for home position (PS42)
research operation (return Wiring harness broken
operation). At this time, an Loose connection
error detection signal (blow-
out of ICP) is not detected.
• PS41 does not turn OFF
within a specified period of
time after the reverse opera-
tion (return operation) is
started. At this time, an error
detection signal (blowout of
ICP) is not detected.
• It is checked that the time for
the M23 operations is over.
The charge cleaning limit sen-
sor (PS42) does not turn ON
within a specified period of
time after the reverse opera-
tion (return operation) is
started for detection of PS41
being OFF. Or, PS41 does not
turn ON within a specified
period of time after PS42
turns ON. At this time, an
error detection signal (blow-
out of ICP) is not detected.
464
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
Main body
cleaning charge cleaning motor (M23) stops immedi- (M23)
abnor- in the printer control board ately to turn OFF Printer control board
mality (PRCB) is checked. the main relay (PRCB)
When the charge cleaning (RL1). Charge cleaning home sen-
home sensor (PS41) is OFF sor (PS41)
with the main power switch Charge cleaning limit sensor
(SW1) ON, PS41 does not (PS42)
turn ON within a specified Wiring harness broken
period of time after the M23 Loose connection
turns ON for home position
research operation (return
operation). And at this time,
an error detection signal
(blowout of ICP) is detected.
• PS41 does not turn OFF
within a specified period of
time after the reverse opera-
tion (return operation) is
started. And at this time, an
error detection signal (blow-
out of ICP) is detected.
• The charge cleaning limit sen-
sor (PS42) does not turn ON
within a specified period of
time after the reverse opera-
tion (return operation) is
started for detection of PS41
being OFF. Or, PS41 does not
turn ON within a specified
period of time after PS42
turns ON. At this time, an
error detection signal (blow-
out of ICP) is detected.
SC21-03 The locking of the charge clean- Charge cleaning motor
ing motor (M23) is detected. (M23)
A motor lock signal is detected Printer control board
while moving from the charge (PRCB)
cleaning limit sensor (PS42) side Charge cleaning home sen-
to the charge cleaning home sen- sor (PS41)
sor (PS41) side, and after a retry Charge cleaning limit sensor
operation, a fifth motor lock signal (M23)
is detected. Charging/cleaning member
465
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
operation
Wire SC21-04 • It is checked that the opera- The main body Transfer/separation clean-
Main body cleaning tions of the transfer/separa- stops immedi- ing motor (M18)
abnor- tion cleaning motor (M18) are ately to turn OFF ADU drive board (ADUDB)
mality over. the main relay Transfer/separation clean-
When the transfer/separation (RL1). ing home sensor (PS11)
cleaning home sensor (PS11) Transfer/separation clean-
is OFF with the main power ing limit sensor (PS12)
switch (SW1) ON, PS11 does Wiring harness broken
not turn ON within a specified Loose connection
period of time after the M18
turns ON for a home position
research operation (return
operation). At this time, an
error detection signal (blow-
out of ICP) is not detected.
• PS11 does not turn OFF
within a specified period of
time after the reverse opera-
tion (return operation) is
started. At this time, an error
detection signal (blowout of
ICP) is not detected.
• It is checked that the opera-
tions of the M18 are over.
The transfer/separation clean-
ing limit sensor (PS12) does
not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the
reverse operation (return
operation) is started for
detection of PS11 being OFF.
Or, PS11 does not turn ON
within a specified period of
time after PS12 turns ON. At
this time, an error detection
signal (blowout of ICP) is not
detected.
SC21-06 The locking of the transfer/sepa- Transfer/separation clean-
ration cleaning motor (M18) is ing motor (M18)
detected. ADU drive board (ADUDB)
Motor lock signals are detected Transfer/separation clean-
while moving from the transfer/ ing home sensor (PS11)
separation limit sensor (PS12) Transfer/separation clean-
side to the transfer/separation ing limit sensor (PS12)
home sensor (PS11) side, and Transfer/separation clean-
after a retry operation, a fifth ing member
motor lock signal is detected.
466
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
Main body
abnor- toner bottle motor (M15) is stops immedi- Printer control board
mality checked. ately to turn OFF (PRCB)
An error detection signal is the main relay
detected twice in succession a (RL1).
specified period of time after M15
turns ON (the first signal is
ignored).
SC23-02 The speed error signal of the Developing motor (M3)
developing motor (M3) is Printer control board
checked. (PRCB)
Since an error detection signal is
detected a second after M3 turns
ON, turn OFF M3 for a specified
period of time. Then, an error
detection signal is detected again
a specified period of time after it
is turned ON again.
SC23-03 The locking of the blade motor Drum motor (M2)
(M14) is detected. Blade motor (M14)
The error detection signal (over Printer control board
current) of M14 is detected. (PRCB)
SC23-04 It is checked that the movement Blade sensor /1 (PS30)
of the blade motor (M14) is not Blade sensor /2 (PS31)
completed, and the 24V power DC power supply /2
source is also checked. (DCPS2)
The drum READY1 signal Wiring harness broken
(READY condition) cannot be Loose connection
detected within a specified period
of time after the drum motor (M2)
turns ON. Or, the drum READY1
signal (READY release condition)
cannot be detected within a
specified period of time after M2
turns OFF. At this time, an error
detection signal (24V cut out) is
detected.
467
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
operation
Motor SC23-05 The blowout of ICP for the blade The main body Drum motor (M2)
Main body abnor- motor (M14) in the printer control stops immedi- Blade motor (M14)
mality board (PRCB) is checked. ately to turn OFF Printer control board
The drum READY1 signal the main relay (PRCB)
(READY condition) cannot be (RL1). Blade sensor /1 (PS30)
detected within a specified period Blade sensor /2 (PS31)
of time after the drum motor (M2) DC power supply /2
turns ON. Or, the drum READY1 (DCPS2)
signal (READY release condition) Wiring harness broken
cannot be detected within a Loose connection
specified period of time after M2
turns OFF. At this time, the error
detection signal (blowout of ICP)
of M14 is detected.
SC23-06 It is checked that the movement
of the blade motor (M14) is not
completed.
The drum READY1 signal
(READY condition) cannot be
detected within a specified period
of time after the drum motor (M2)
turns ON. Or, the drum READY1
signal (READY release condition)
cannot be detected within a
specified period of time after M2
turns OFF. At this time, an error
detection signal is not detected.
SC23-07 It is checked that the movement
of the blade motor (M14) is not
completed, and 24V power
source is also checked.
The blade READY signal (READY
condition) cannot be detected
within a specified period of time
after the blade replacement signal
turns ON. Or, the blade READY
signal (READY release condition)
cannot be detected within a
specified period of time after the
blade replacement signal turns
OFF. At this time, an error detec-
tion signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
468
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
Main body
abnor- motor (M14) in the printer control stops immedi- Blade motor (M14)
mality board (PRCB) is checked. ately to turn OFF Printer control board
The blade READY signal (READY the main relay (PRCB)
condition) cannot be detected (RL1). Blade sensor /1 (PS30)
within a specified period of time Blade sensor /2 (PS31)
after the blade replacement signal DC power supply /2
turns ON. Or, the blade READY (DCPS2)
signal (READY release condition) Wiring harness broken
cannot be detected within a Loose connection
specified period of time after the
blade replacement signal turns
OFF. At this time, an error detec-
tion signal (blowout of ICP) of
M14 is detected.
SC23-09 It is checked that the movement Blade motor (M14)
of the blade motor (M14) is not Printer control board
completed. (PRCB)
The blade READY signal (READY Blade sensor /1 (PS30)
condition) cannot be detected Blade sensor /2 (PS31)
within a specified period of time Wiring harness broken
after the blade replacement signal Loose connection
turns ON. Or, the blade READY
signal (READY release condition)
cannot be detected within a
specified period of time after the
blade replacement signal turns
OFF. At this time, an error detec-
tion signal is not detected.
SC23-10 It is checked that the drum motor Drum motor (M2)
(M2) does not start. The drum Printer control board
READY2 signal (READY signal) is (PRCB)
not detected within a specified Loose connection
period of time after M2 turns ON.
SC23-11 The blowout of ICP for the toner Toner supply motor (M11)
supply motor (M11) in the printer Wiring harness broken
control board (PRCB) is checked.
An error detection signal (blowout
of ICP) is detected when M11
turns ON.
SC23-21 When the recycle pump motor Recycle pump motor (M24)
(M24) is turned ON, an error Recycle pump drive board
detection signal is detected twice (RCDB)
in a row within a specified period
of time. (An error detection signal
on the first time is ignored.)
469
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
operation
Motor SC24-01 The temperature of the drum The main body Printer control board
Main body abnor- temperature sensor (TH5) stops immedi- (PRCB)
mality detected a specified period of ately to turn OFF Drum temperature sensor
time after the main power switch the main relay (TH5)
(SW1) is turned ON is -3°C or (RL1).
lower, and also, the drum temper-
ature after a specified period of
time is -3°C or lower.
SC24-02 When the main power switch
(SW1) turns ON with the fusing
temperature below 50°C, the
detected temperature of the
drum temperature sensor (TH5) is
more than 52°C, and when the
detected temperature is above
52°C after a specified period of
time.
Connec- SC24-03 The erase lamp (EL) is uncon- Erase lamp (EL)
tion nected. Loose connection
abnor-
mality
High SC28-01 A charge leak is detected. After a If there is a High voltage unit /1 (HV1)
voltage charge error detection signal is sheet of paper Charging/power feeding
power detected while in the charge ON, being printed, contact
source up to 5 charge ON/OFF opera- the main body
abnor- tions occur in succession. completes the
mality SC28-02 A transfer leak is detected. After a paper exit High voltage unit /2 (HV2)
transfer error detection signal is before stopping Transfer/separation charger
detected while in the transfer ON, operations. Power feeding contact
up to 5 transfer ON/OFF opera- Immediately to
tions occur in succession. turn OFF the
main relay (RL1).
470
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
Main body
voltage After a separation error detection stops immedi- (TCSB)
power signal is detected while in the ately to turn OFF Printer control board
source separation ON, up to 5 separa- the main relay (PRCB)
abnor- tion ON/OFF operations occur in (RL1). High voltage unit /2 (HV2)
mality succession. Transfer/separation charger
SC28-04 The error detection signal (blow- Power feeding contact
out of a 24V ICP) of the high volt- ADU drive board (ADUDB)
age unit /2 (HV2) is detected. Wiring harness broken
Process SC29-01 The dirt correction of the sensor
abnor- is not completed. While in the
mality maximum density correction, the
dirt correction of the IDC sensor
(IDCS) is not sufficient. When this
condition is detected 10 times in
succession, the error code is dis-
played.
SC29-02# The maximum density correction Error code is not Toner control sensor board
is not completed. While in the displayed on the (TCSB)
maximum density correction, the operation panel, Printer control board
number of rotations of the devel- but displayed (PRCB)
oping roller gets to the maximum. only on the data Developing motor (M3)
SC29-03# The IDC sensor (IDCS) output collection, the Write unit
abnormality. While in the maxi- list output and Overall control board
mum density correction, a patch the CSRC. The (OACB)
for control is not output. (No out- control of the
put is made from the IDCS.) main body is
made by using a
data previously
obtained.
SC29-04 The dirt correction of the sensor The main body
is not completed. While in stops immedi-
gamma correction, the dirt cor- ately to turn OFF
rection of the PGC sensor the main relay
(PGCS) is not sufficient. When (RL1).
SC29-4 or SC29-7 is detected
ten times in succession, this error
code is displayed.
471
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
operation
Process SC29-05# The PGC sensor (PGCS) output Error code is not Toner control sensor board
Main body abnor- abnormality. While in the gamma displayed on the (TCSB)
mality correction, a patch for control is operation panel, Printer control board
not output. (No output is made but displayed (PRCB)
from the PGCS.) only on the data Developing motor (M3)
SC29-06# The gamma correction data is collection, the Write unit
defective. The gamma correction list output and Overall control board
output is abnormal. A regression the CSRC. The (OACB)
error when carrying out a gamma control of the
curve operation while in the main body is
gamma correction. made by using a
data previously
obtained.
SC29-07 The dirt correction of the sensor The main body
is not completed. While in the dot stops immedi-
diameter correction, the dirt cor- ately to turn OFF
rection of the PGC sensor the main relay
(PGCS) is not sufficient. When (RL1).
SC29-4 or SC29-7 is detected
ten times in succession, this error
code is displayed.
SC29-08# Correction abnormality. While in Error code is not Toner control sensor board
the dot diameter correction, the displayed on the (TCSB)
correction is terminated with an operation panel, Printer control board
abnormal value. but displayed (PRCB)
only on the data Developing motor (M3)
collection, the Write unit
list output and Overall control board
the CSRC. The (OACB)
control of the
main body is
made by using a
data previously
obtained.
SC29-09 Drum potential sensor (DPS) out- The main body Drum potential sensor
put abnormality. While in the 0V stops immedi- board (DPSB)
check of the DPS, more than ately to turn OFF Printer control board
100V of the drum surface poten- the main relay (PRCB)
tial is detected more than 5 times. (RL1). Drum potential sensor (DPS)
When this condition is detected 5 Loose connection
times in succession, the error
code is displayed.
472
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
Main body
abnor- put abnormality. While in the stops immedi- board (DPSB)
mality drum potential correction, a ately to turn OFF Printer control board
patch for control is not output the main relay (PRCB)
with the V1 getting to more than (RL1). Drum potential sensor (DPS)
350V. When this condition is Loose connection
detected 5 times in succession,
the error code is displayed.
SC29-11 The data is defective. While in the
drum potential correction, no
convergence is obtained even
after correction is made more
than 10 times. When this condi-
tion is detected 5 times in suc-
cession, the error code is
displayed.
SC29-12# Auto adjustment monitor value Error code is not High voltage unit /1 (HV1)
abnormality. No convergence is displayed on the High voltage unit /2 (HV2)
made in the auto adjustment of operation panel, Printer control board
the transfer current. but displayed (PRCB)
SC29-13# Auto adjustment monitor value only on the data ADU drive board (ADUDB)
abnormality. No convergence is collection, the
made in the auto adjustment of list output and
the separation (AC) current. the CSRC. The
SC29-14# Auto adjustment monitor value control of the
abnormality. No convergence is main body is
made in the auto adjustment of made by using a
the separation (DC) current. data previously
obtained.
SC29-15# Auto adjustment monitor value
abnormality. No convergence is
made in the auto adjustment of
the developing bias.
Fan SC32-01 The rotation of the conveyance The main body AC drive board (ACDB)
abnor- suction fan (FM2) is checked, and stops immedi- Conveyance suction fan
mality the 24V power source is also ately to turn OFF (FM2)
checked. An abnormal FM2 EM the main relay DC power supply /2
signal condition occurs a speci- (RL1). (DCPS2)
fied period of time after FM2 is Wiring harness earth fault
turned ON. This abnormal condi- Loose connection
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM12 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal (24V
cut off) is detected.
473
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
operation
Fan SC32-02 The blowout of ICP for the con- The main body AC drive board (ACDB)
Main body abnor- veyance suction fan (FM2) in the stops immedi- Conveyance suction fan
mality AC drive board (ACDB) is ately to turn OFF (FM2)
checked. the main relay DC power supply /2
An abnormal condition occurs (RL1). (DCPS2)
with the FM2 EM signal a speci- Wiring harness earth fault
fied period of time after FM2 is Loose connection
turned ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM2 is turned
OFF and then turned ON, and an
error detection signal (blowout of
ICP) is detected.
474
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
Main body
abnor- (FM1) is checked. stops immedi- Fusing fan (FM1)
mality An abnormal condition occurs ately to turn OFF DC power supply /2
with the FM1 EM signal a speci- the main relay (DCPS2)
fied period of time after FM1 is (RL1). Loose connection
turned ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM1 is turned
OFF and then turned ON, and an
error detection signal (24V cut off/
blowout of ICP) is not detected.
SC32-07# When the print is completed, the Error code is not
fusing fan (FM1) EM signal gets displayed on the
into an abnormal condition. operation panel,
but displayed
only on the data
collection, the
list output and
CSRC.
ADU SC33-01 Registration motor (M12) speed The main body Registration motor (M12)
sec- abnormality. A specified period of stops immedi- Loose connection
tion time after M12 turns ON, an error ately to turn OFF
motor detection signal is detected twice the main relay
abnor- in a row. (An error detection signal (RL1).
mality on the first time is ignored.)
SC33-05 The blowout of ICP for the web If there is a DC power supply /2
motor (M16) in the printer control sheet of paper (DCPS2)
board (PRCB) is checked, and being printed, Printer control board
the 24V power source is also the main body (PRCB)
checked. completes the
When M16 turn ON from OFF, paper exit
error detection signals (blowout of before stopping
ICP and the 24V cut off) are operations.
detected. Immediately to
turn OFF the
main relay (RL1).
SC33-06 The blowout of ICP for the web Web motor (M16)
motor (M16) in the printer control Printer control board
board (PRCB) is checked. (PRCB)
When M16 turns ON from OFF, AC drive board (ACDB)
the blowout of ICP abnormality is
detected with a 24V down signal
normal.
475
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
operation
Fusing SC34-01 Thermistor /1 (TH1) high temper- The main body Printer control board
Main body high tem- ature detection (software). stops immedi- (PRCB)
perature TH1 detects a temperature of ately to turn OFF AC drive board (ACDB)
abnor- 210°C or above 5 times in a the main relay Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
mality specified period of time. (RL1). Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)
SC34-02 Thermistor /3 (TH3) high temper- Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
ature detection (software). Caution Thermistor /1 (TH1)
TH3 detects a temperature of • When SC34- Thermistor /3 (TH3)
230°C or above 5 times in a **, SC35-**
specified period of time. or SC36-**
SC34-03 Thermistor /1 (TH1) high temper- (fusing tem-
ature detection (hardware). perature
An abnormal condition is related
detected with the fusing error abnormali-
detection signal 1. ties) occur,
be sure to
SC34-04 Thermistor /3 (TH3) high temper- Printer control board
repair
ature detection (hardware). An (PRCB)
defective
abnormal condition is detected AC drive board (ACDB)
parts before
with the fusing error detection Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
setting the
signal 4. Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)
software
Fusing SC35-01 Thermistor /1 (TH1) low tempera- Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
DIPSW3-1
low tem- ture detection (software). TH1 Thermistor /1 (TH1)
to 0. Set-
perature does not get to 50°C when a Thermistor /2 (TH2)
ting the
abnor- specified period of time elapses Thermistor /3 (TH3)
DIPSW3-1
mality after the main power switch Thermistor /4 (TH4)
to 0 with
(SW1) is turned ON for the fusing
defective
ON control.
parts not
SC35-02 Thermistor /3 (TH3) low tempera- repaired
ture detection (software). TH3 may result
does not get to 50°C when a in a fire.
specified period of time elapses
after the main power switch
(SW1) is turned ON for the fusing
ON control.
Fusing SC36-01 Thermistor /1 (TH1) high temper-
sensor ature detection (long time/soft-
abnor- ware). TH1 detects a temperature
mality of 200°C or above 30 times in a
row in a specified period of time.
SC36-02 Thermistor /3 (TH3) high temper-
ature detection (long time/soft-
ware). TH3 detects a temperature
of 220°C or above 30 times in a
row in a specified period of time.
476
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
Main body
sensor ture detection (hardware). The stops immedi- (PRCB)
abnor- output voltage of the TH1 is ately to turn OFF AC drive board (ACDB)
mality detected as a low temperature the main relay Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
abnormality (-6°C or lower) in the (RL1). Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)
comparator circuit. Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
SC36-04 Thermistor /3 (TH3) low tempera- Caution Thermistor /1 (TH1)
ture detection (hardware). The • When SC34- Thermistor /2 (TH2)
output voltage of the TH3 is **, SC35-** Thermistor /3 (TH3)
detected as a low temperature (- or SC36-** Thermistor /4 (TH4)
6°C or lower) in the comparator (fusing tem-
circuit. perature
SC36-05 Thermistor /2 (TH2) low abnor- related
mality detection (hardware). The abnormali-
output voltage of the TH2 is ties) occur,
detected as a low temperature (- be sure to
6°C or lower) or high temperature repair
(240.5°Cor higher) abnormality in defective
the comparator circuit. parts before
setting the
SC36-06 Thermistor /4 (TH4) low abnor-
software
mality detection (hardware). The
DIPSW3-1
output voltage of the TH4 is
to 0. Set-
detected as a low temperature (-
ting the
6°C or lower) or high temperature
DIPSW3-1
(240.5°Cor higher) abnormality in
to 0 with
the comparator circuit.
defective
parts not
repaired
may result
in a fire.
Scanner SC41-01 The scanner home sensor (PS51) The main body Scanner drive board (SDB)
abnor- does not turn ON within a speci- stops immedi- Scanner motor (M13)
mality fied period of time after the home ately to turn OFF Scanner home sensor (PS5)
position search is started. the main relay DC power supply /2
(RL1). (DCPS2)
Wiring harness earth fault
Loose connection
Writ- SC41-02 When the speed of the polygon Scanner drive board (SDB)
ing motor (M17) is being switched, a Polygon motor drive board
sec- speed lock signal is not detected (PMDB)
tion within a specified period of time. Polygon motor (M17)
abnor-
mality
477
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
operation
Fan SC42-01 The rotation of the scanner cool- The main body Scanner drive board (SDB)
Main body abnor- ing fan (FM7) is checked, and stops immedi- Scanner cooling fan (FM7)
mality 24V power source is also ately to turn OFF DC power supply /2
checked. An abnormal condition the main relay (DCPS2)
occurs with the FM7 EM signal a (RL1). Wiring harness earth fault
specified period of time after FM7 Loose connection
turns ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM7 is turned
OFF and then turned ON, and an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is detected.
SC42-04 The rotation of the write unit cool- Write unit cooling fan /1
ing fan /1 (FM5) is checked, and (FM5)
24V power source is also Overall control board
checked. An abnormal condition (OACB)
occurs with the FM5 EM signal a DC power supply /2
specified period of time after (DCPS2)
FM5, the write unit cooling fan /2 AC drive board (ACDB)
(FM8) turns ON. This abnormal Wiring harness earth fault
condition recurs even a specified
period of time after FM5/FM8 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal (24V
cut off) is detected.
SC42-05 The blowout of ICP for the write
unit cooling fan /1 (FM5) in the AC
drive board (ACDB) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM5 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM5, the
write unit cooling fan /2 (FM8)
turns ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM5/FM8 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal
(blowout of ICP) is detected.
478
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
Main body
abnor- ing fan /1 (FM5) is checked. stops immedi- (FM5)
mality An abnormal condition occurs ately to turn OFF Write unit cooling fan /2
with the FM5 EM signal a speci- the main relay (FM8)
fied period of time after FM5 and (RL1). AC drive board (ACDB)
write unit cooling fan /2 (FM8) Wiring harness earth fault
turns ON. This abnormal condi- Loose connection
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM5/FM8 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal (24V
cut off/blowout of ICP) is not
detected.
SC42-07 When the print is started, an error
detection signal of the writing
section cooling fan /1 (FM5) is
detected.
SC42-08 The rotation of the write unit cool- DC power supply /2
ing fan /2 (FM8) is checked and (DCPS2)
the 24V power source is also AC drive board (ACDB)
checked. An abnormal condition Write unit cooling fan /1
occurs with the FM8 EM signal a (FM5)
specified period of time after the Write unit cooling fan /2
write unit cooling fan /1 (FM5) and (FM8)
/2 (FM8) turns ON. This abnormal Cooling fan /4 (FM12)
condition recurs even a specified Wiring harness earth fault
period of time after FM5/FM8 is Loose connection
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal (24V
cut off) is detected.
SC42-09 The blowout of ICP for the write
unit cooling fan /2 (FM8) in the AC
drive board (ACDB) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM8 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after the write
unit cooling fan /1 (FM5) and /2
(FM8) turns ON. This abnormal
condition recurs even a specified
period of time after FM5/FM8 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal
(blowout of ICP) is detected.
479
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
operation
Fan SC42-10 The rotation of the write unit cool- The main body DC power supply /2
Main body abnor- ing fan /3 (FM8) is checked. stops immedi- (DCPS2)
mality An abnormal condition occurs ately to turn OFF AC drive board (ACDB)
with the FM8 EM signal a speci- the main relay Write unit cooling fan /1
fied period of time after the write (RL1). (FM5)
unit cooling fan /1 (FM5) and /2 Write unit cooling fan /2
(FM8) turns ON. This abnormal (FM8)
condition recurs even a specified Cooling fan /4 (FM12)
period of time after FM5/FM8 is Wiring harness earth fault
turned OFF and then turned ON, Loose connection
and an error detection signal (24V
cut off/blowout of ICP) is not
detected.
SC42-11 When the print is started, an error
detection signal of the writing
section cooling fan /2 (FM8) is
detected.
SC42-12 The rotation of the cooling fan /4 DC power supply /2
(FM12) is checked and the 24V (DCPS2)
power source is also checked. AC drive board (ACDB)
An abnormal condition occurs Cooling fan /4 (FM12)
with the FM12 EM signal a speci- Wiring harness broken
fied period of time after FM12 Loose connection
turns ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM12 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal (24V
cut off) is detected.
SC42-13 The blowout of ICP for the cool-
ing fan /4 (FM12) in the AC drive
board (ACDB) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM12 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM12
turns ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM12 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal
(blowout of ICP) is detected.
480
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
Main body
abnor- (FM12) is checked. An abnormal stops immedi- (DCPS2)
mality condition occurs with the FM12 ately to turn OFF AC drive board (ACDB)
EM signal a specified period of the main relay Cooling fan /4 (FM12)
time after FM12 turns ON. This (RL1). Wiring harness broken
abnormal condition recurs even a Loose connection
specified period of time after
FM12 is turned OFF and then
turned ON, and an error detection
signal (24V cut off/blowout of ICP)
is not detected.
SC42-16 The rotation of the polygon cool- DC power supply /2
ing fan (FM9) is checked and the (DCPS2)
24V power source is also AC drive board (ACDB)
checked. Polygon cooling fan (FM9)
An abnormal condition occurs Wiring harness broken
with the FM9 EM signal a speci- Loose connection
fied period of time after FM9 turns
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM9 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
SC42-17 The blowout of ICP for the poly-
gon cooling fan (FM9) in the AC
drive board (ACDB) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM9 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM9 turns
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM9 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of ICP)
is detected.
SC42-18 The rotation of the polygon cool-
ing fan (FM9) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM9 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM9 turns
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM9 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off/
blowout of ICP) is not detected.
481
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
operation
Fan SC42-19# When the print is started, an error Error code is not DC power supply /2
Main body abnor- detection signal of the polygon displayed on the (DCPS2)
mality cooling fan (FM9) is detected. operation panel, AC drive board (ACDB)
but displayed Polygon cooling fan (FM9)
only on the data Wiring harness broken
collection, the Loose connection
list output and
CSRC.
SC42-20 Power supply cooling fan /1 The main body DC power supply /1
(FM19) and /2 (FM20) rotation stops immedi- (DCPS1)
check. A specified period of time ately to turn OFF Power supply cooling fan /1
after FM19 and FM20 turn ON, the main relay (FM19)
the FM19 EM signal and the (RL1). Power supply cooling fan /2
FM20 EM signal get into an (FM20)
abnormal condition at the same Wiring harness broken
time. And both the signals show Loose connection
an abnormal condition at the
same time a specified period of
time after they are turned ON
again after being turned OFF, and
also, no error detection signal
(24V cut off/ blowout of a fuse) is
detected).
SC42-21 Paper exit cooling fan /Lw1 DC power supply /2
(FM13) and /Lw2 (FM14) rotation (DCPS2)
check. A specified period of time Printer control board
after FM13 and FM14 turn on, the (PRCB)
FM13 EM signal and the FM14 Paper exit cooling fan /Lw1
EM signal get into an abnormal (FM13)
condition at the same time. And Paper exit cooling fan /Lw2
both the signals show an abnor- (FM14)
mal condition at the same time a
specified period of time after they
are turned on again after being
turned off, and also, no error
detection signal (24V cut off/
blowout of ICP) is not detected.
482
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
Main body
abnor- (FM15) and /Up2 (FM17) rotation stops immedi- (DCPS2)
mality check. A specified period of time ately to turn OFF Printer control board
after FM15 and FM17 turn on, the the main relay (PRCB)
FM15 EM signal and the FM17 (RL1). Paper exit cooling fan /Up1
EM signal get into an abnormal (FM15)
condition at the same time. And Paper exit cooling fan /Up2
both the signals show an abnor- (FM17)
mal condition at the same time a
specified period of time after they
are turned on again after being
turned off, and also, no error
detection signal (24V cut off/
blowout of ICP) is not detected.
Image SC46-01* While in the image write, APC is If there is a Writing section
proces not applicable for the correction sheet of paper Power connector of the
sing of the sub scan beam. Due to the being printed, overall control board
abnor- 12V DC power for the laser drive the main body (OACB)
mality not supplied, the MPC being completes the
wrong and the laser defective, the paper exit
laser does not light up. Also, due before stopping
to the rotation of the polygon mir- operations.
ror unavailable, the displacement Immediately to
of the index sensor, and the index turn OFF the
sensor being defective, the index main relay (RL1).
sensor cannot detect the laser.
SC46-02* FIFO address abnormality for the Overall control board
scanner. (OACB)
While in the image read, the com- (Gate array damaged)
pression of image data that is
read in is not correctly termi-
nated.
SC46-03* FIFO address abnormality for the
printer.
While in the image write, the
expansion processing of image
data that is read in is not correctly
terminated.
SC46-05* An error interrupt occurs with the
compression/expansion chip
FIFO.
SC46-06* Elongation abnormality.
SC46-08* While in the execution of APC, no Writing section
change is found in the output of Power connector of the
the index sensor. overall control board
(OACB)
483
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
operation
Image SC46-12* After negation of SVV, the com- If there is a Overall control board
Main body proces pression of images that are read sheet of paper (OACB)
sing in and their development into the being printed,
abnor- page memory are not terminated the main body
mality within a specified period of time. completes the
SC46-13* While in the image read, the com- paper exit Printer control board
pression processing from the before stopping (PRCB)
scanner into the memory does operations. Overall control board
not terminate within a specified Immediately to (OACB)
period of time. The development turn OFF the RADF
from the scanner into the page main relay (RL1).
memory does not terminate
within a specified period of time.
The SVV is not detected within a
specified period of time.
SC46-14* While in the image write, the Printer control board
expansion processing from the (PRCB)
memory to the printer does not Overall control board
terminate within a specified (OACB)
period of time.
The output from the page mem-
ory to the printer does not termi-
nate within a specified period of
time. The PVV is not detected
within a specified period of time.
SC46-15* When writing images, in spite of Overall control board
no resource provided, an inap- (OACB)
propriate processing such as an OACB program
access to the elongation device is
made.
SC46-16* When reading images, in spite of
no resource provided, an inap-
propriate processing such as an
access to the compression
device is made.
SC46-17* When processing images, a filter
coefficient cannot be created nor-
mally.
SC46-19* When accessing to the memory
device, a defective software is
detected.
484
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
Main body
proces the memory to the page memory sheet of paper (PRCB)
sing is not terminated within a speci- being printed, Overall control board
abnor- fied period of time. the main body (OACB)
mality The compression processing completes the OACB program
from the page memory to the paper exit
memory is not terminated within a before stopping
specified period of time. operations.
The development from the mem- Immediately to
ory into the page memory is not turn OFF the
terminated within a specified main relay (RL1).
period of time. The transmission
of the compressed data from
memory to memory is not termi-
nated within a specified period of
time.
SC46-23* While in the image read, SVV Overall control board
does not turn OFF within a speci- (OACB)
fied period of time and the prepa-
ration for scanning the next page
cannot be started.
SC46-24* Shading correction abnormality Overall control board
(GA abnormality). (OACB)
OACB program
SC46-25* AOC/AGC adjustment abnormal- CCD board (CCDB)
ity. Exposure lamp (L1)
• The light blocking cover at the
read section and the lens
cover are removed.
• The connector of the CCD
board is disconnected.
• The power cable of the CCD
board is unplugged.
• The ICP of the CCD board is
cut off.
• The light volume of the expo-
sure lamp is excessive.
• The exposure lamp does not
light up.
SC46-26# The adjustment data evacuated Error code is not Overall control board
by resolutions is not available. displayed on the (OACB)
SC46-27# A density conversion gamma operation panel,
curve cannot be created normally. but displayed
only on the data
collection, the
list output and
CSRC.
485
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
operation
Image SC46-29* Calibration start abnormality. If there is a Overall control board
Main body proces sheet of paper (OACB)
SC46-30* Calibration completion abnormal-
sing ity. being printed, OACB program
abnor- SC46-31* Despite of the MPC not being ter- the main body
mality minated, the initial sampling of completes the
the APC is attempted. paper exit
before stopping
SC46-32* While executing the APC, the
operations.
execution of the MPC is
Immediately to
attempted.
turn OFF the
main relay (RL1).
SC46-34* When a clock for the image write
is abnormal, the sub scan beam
interval is attempted to be cor-
rected.
SC46-35 Sequentially shot page area
abnormality.
Due to an image area abnormality
on the memory, images cannot
be developed on the memory.
SC46-36 The PVV is turned ON before the Polygon motor (M17)
initial APC start processing is Overall control board
completed. (OACB)
OACB program
Printer control board
(PRCB)
PRCB program
SC46-40 HDD /1 (HDD1) initialization The main body Overall control board
abnormality. stops immedi- (OACB)
The HDD1 is defective, or the ately to turn OFF OACB program
connector is poorly connected. the main relay HDD /1 (HDD1)
SC46-41 The JOB information cannot be (RL1).
stored on the HDD /1 (HDD1).
SC46-42 When hard disk /1 (HDD1) JOB
auto deletion is being executed, a
route cannot be opened.
SC46-43 HDD /1 (HDD1) access defective.
The HDD1 is defective or the
connector is poorly connected.
486
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
Main body
proces the original skew adjustment is displayed on the Original skew sensor /Rr
sing terminated. (The skew adjust- operation panel, (PS311)
abnor- ment is too late.) but displayed Original skew sensor /Fr
mality only on the data (PS312)
SC46-62# The print operation starts before collection, the Centering sensor (PS1)
the paper mis-centering adjust- list output and
ment is terminated. (The mis-cen- CSRC.
tering adjustment is too late.)
SC46-63# The AGC is retried due to the Exposure lamp (L1)
decreased light volume of the
exposure lamp. However, no error
occurs.
SC46-64# A PWM gamma curve is not cre- Toner control sensor board
ated properly. (TCSB)
SC46-65# Due to the paper skew correction Overall control board
amount being in excess of the (OACB)
permissible limit, the print is made
with the leading edge shifted.
SC46-80* The message queue is insufficient If there is a
or destroyed. sheet of paper
SC46-81* The parameter value is in excess being printed,
of the permissible limits. the main body
SC46-82* The ID of the task that sends the completes the
message queue is undefined. paper exit
before stopping
SC46-83* The receiving event of the mes-
operations.
sage is undefined.
Immediately to
SC46-90* Memory access abnormality. Overall control board
turn OFF the
(OACB)
main relay (RL1).
SC46-91* Header readout address abnor- Overall control board
mality. (OACB)
Commu- SC49-01*1 The communication from IC-203 The main body VI
nication to the overall control board stops immedi-
abnor- (OACB) is blocked. ately to turn OFF
mality the main relay
SC49-03 DMA abnormality. (RL1). —
SC49-04 HDD /2 (HDD2) abnormality. HDD /2 (HDD2)
SC49-05 IC cooling fan (FM21) abnormal- IC cooling fan (FM21)
ity.
SC49-06 FATAL error. —
SC49-07 The CF card in IC-203 is different IC-203
from the program version of the
hard disk /2 (HDD2).
*1 The error code is not displayed on the operation board.
487
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
operation
Commu- SC49-08*1 While in the security ON, the The main body Formatted HDD /2 (HDD2)
Main body nication unlock of the hard disk /2 (HDD2) stops immedi-
abnor- results in failure. (Due to the mis- ately to turn OFF
mality match of the password) the main relay
SC49-09*1 While in the security ON, an (RL1).
unlocked HDD is connected.
SC49-10 An unformatted HDD /2 (HDD2) is HDD /2 (HDD2)
detected.
SC50-01* I/O initial communication check in Printer control board
the printer control board (PRCB). (PRCB)
Main body drive serial input
abnormality 1. Within a specified
period of time after the power ON
ACK, a serial data is not received
from the main body drive unit.
SC50-02* Main body drive serial input
abnormality 2. Within a specified
period of time after the power ON
ACK, a serial data is not received
from the main body drive unit.
SC50-03* Main body drive serial input
abnormality 3. Within a specified
period of time after the power ON
ACK, a serial data is not received
from the main body drive unit.
SC50-04* Main body drive serial input
abnormality 4. Within a specified
period of time after the power ON
ACK, a serial data is not received
from the main body drive unit.
SC50-05* Communication error check Printer control board
between the printer engine sys- (PRCB)
tem boards. Drive communication Each of the drive boards
reception error detection abnor- Loose connection
mality. A reception error interrup-
tion occurs while in the drive
board serial data reception. Or,
due to the occurrence of the data
checksum error /ID information
error, a retransmission request is
made three times and an error is
detected on the 4th time.
*1 Since this is a security-related error code, be sure to contact KMBT before taking any measure.
488
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
Main body
nication between OACB/PRCB. stops immedi- (PRCB)
abnor- Overall control board (OACB) ately to turn OFF Overall control board
mality communication connection the main relay (OACB)
abnormality. An initial data recep- (RL1). Loose connection
tion is not made from the OACB
within a specified period of time
after the power is turned on.
SC50-11* Communication error check
between OACB/PRCB. Overall
control board (OACB) communi-
cation serial reception error
detection abnormality.
Fan SC52-01 The rotation of the cooling fan /1 AC drive board (ACDB)
abnor- (FM3) and /2 (FM4) are checked Cooling fan /1 (FM3)
mality and +24V power source is also Cooling fan /2 (FM4)
checked. An abnormal condition DC power supply /2
occurs with the FM3 and FM4 EM (DCPS2)
signal a specified period of time
after FM3 and FM4 turns ON.
This abnormal condition recurs
even a specified period of time
after FM3 and FM4 are turned
OFF and then turned ON, and an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is detected.
SC52-02 Rotation of the cooling fan /1 AC drive board (ACDB)
(FM3) and /2 (FM4) are checked. Printer control board
An abnormal condition occurs (PRCB)
with the FM3 and FM4 EM signal Cooling fan /1 (FM3)
a specified period of time after Cooling fan /2 (FM4)
FM3 and FM4 turns ON. This Loose connection
abnormal condition recurs even a
specified period of time after FM3
and FM4 are turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
not detected.
489
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
operation
Fan SC52-03# The blowout of ICP for the cool- Error code is not AC drive board (ACDB)
Main body abnor- ing fan /1 (FM3) in the AC drive displayed on the Cooling fan /1 (FM3)
mality board (ACDB) is checked. operation panel, Wiring harness earth fault
An abnormal condition occurs but displayed
with the FM3 EM signal a speci- only on the data
fied period of time after FM3 turns collection, the
ON. This abnormal condition list output and
recurs even a specified period of CSRC.
time after FM3 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of ICP)
is detected.
SC52-04# Rotation of the cooling fan /1 AC drive board (ACDB)
(FM3) is checked. An abnormal Cooling fan /1 (FM3)
condition occurs with the FM3 Loose connection
EM signal a specified period of
time after FM3 turns ON. This
abnormal condition recurs even a
specified period of time after FM3
is turned OFF and then turned
ON, and an error detection signal
(blowout of ICP) is not detected.
SC52-05# The blowout of ICP for the cool- AC drive board (ACDB)
ing fan /2 (FM4) in the AC drive Cooling fan /2 (FM4)
board (ACDB) is checked. Wiring harness earth fault
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM4 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM4 turns
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM4 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of ICP)
is detected.
SC52-06# Rotation of the cooling fan /2
(FM4) is checked. An abnormal
condition occurs with the FM4
EM signal a specified period of
time after FM4 turns ON. This
abnormal condition recurs even a
specified period of time after FM4
is turned OFF and then turned
ON, and an error detection signal
(blowout of ICP) is not detected.
490
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
Main body
abnor- (FM6) is checked and +24V stops immedi- Cooling fan /3 (FM6)
mality power source is also checked. ately to turn OFF Wiring harness earth fault
An abnormal condition occurs the main relay Loose connection
with the FM6 EM signal a speci- (RL1). DC power supply /2
fied period of time after FM6 turns (DCPS2)
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM6 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
SC52-08 The blowout of ICP for the cool-
ing fan /3 (FM6) in the AC drive
board (ACDB) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM6 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM6 turns
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM6 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of ICP)
is detected.
SC52-09 Rotation of the cooling fan /3
(FM6) is checked. An abnormal
condition occurs with the FM6
EM signal a specified period of
time after FM6 turns ON. This
abnormal condition recurs even a
specified period of time after FM6
is turned OFF and then turned
ON, and an error detection signal
(24V cut off/blowout of ICP) is not
detected.
SC52-10 When the print is started, an error AC drive board (ACDB)
detection signal of the cooling fan Cooling fan /1 (FM3)
/1 (FM3) or the cooling fan /2 Cooling fan /2 (FM4)
(FM4) is detected.
491
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
operation
Fan SC52-11 When the print is started, an error The main body AC drive board (ACDB)
Main body abnor- detection signal of the cooling fan stops immedi- Cooling fan /3 (FM6)
mality /3 (FM6) is detected. ately to turn OFF
the main relay
Motor SC53-01 A speed error signal of the fusing (RL1). Fusing motor (M1)
abnor- motor (M1) is checked. An error
mality detection signal is detected twice
in succession a specified period
of time after M1 turns ON. (The
first signal is ignored.)
Counter SC53-02# The 24V power source for the Error code is not AC drive board (ACDB)
abnorm total counter (TCT) is checked. displayed on the Total counter (TCT)
ality When TCT is turned ON from operation panel, DC power supply /2
OFF, an error detection signal but displayed (DCPS2)
(blowout of ICP/24V cut off) is only on the data Key counter (KCT)
detected. collection, the Main relay (RL1)
SC53-03# The blowout of ICP for TC in the list output and
AC drive board (ACDB) is CSRC. How-
checked. When the total counter ever, the counter
(TCT) is turned ON from OFF, an does not oper-
error detection signal (blowout of ate.
ICP) is detected. However, an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is not detected.
SC53-04# The 24V power source for the key
counter (KCT) is checked. When
KCT is turned ON from OFF, an
error detection signal (blowout of
ICP/24V cut off) is detected.
Power SC53-05# The blowout of ICP for KCT in the
abnor- AC drive board (ACDB) is
mality checked. When the key counter
(KCT) is turned ON from OFF, an
error detection signal (blowout of
ICP) is detected. However, an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is not detected.
SC53-06 The blowout of a 12V ICP for the The main body Printer control board
AC drive board (ACDB) is stops immedi- (PRCB)
checked. ately to turn OFF AC drive board (ACDB)
In the serial initial communication, the main relay DC power supply /1
a signal of the blowout of a 12V (RL1). (DCPS1)
ICP (AC drive) is detected. Loose connection
492
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
Main body
abnor- AC drive board (ACDB) is stops immedi- (PRCB)
mality checked. In the serial initial com- ately to turn OFF AC drive board (ACDB)
munication, a signal of the blow- the main relay DC power supply /1
out of a 5V ICP (AC drive) is (RL1). (DCPS1)
detected. Loose connection
SC53-08 The 12V power source in the
printer control board (PRCB) is
checked. An error detection sig-
nal of the 12V in PRCB is
detected.
SC53-11 The 24V power source for the Each of the solenoids
SD/CL in the printer control board Each of the clutches
(PRCB) is checked. At the start, Printer control board
an error detection signal (blowout (PRCB)
of ICP for the solenoid/clutch) is Wiring harness earth fault
detected, and an error detection
signal (24V cut off) is also
detected.
SC53-12 The blowout of ICP for the SD/CL
in the printer control board
(PRCB) is checked. At the start,
an error detection signal (blowout
of ICP for the solenoid/clutch) is
detected. However, an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
not detected.
DF SC60-01* Although the main body sends If there is a Overall control board
DF
493
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
operation
DF SC60-03* When the main power switch If there is a DF control board (DFCB)
DF abnor- (SW1) is ON, there is no response sheet of paper
mality to the initial communication being printed,
request from the main body to the main body
the DF even after a specified and the DF
period of time elapses. completes the
SC60-11 When the main power switch paper exit DF control board (DFCB)
(SW1) is ON, a region into which before stopping DF program
no write was made by the ISW is operations.
detected in the DF control pro- Immediately to
gram. turn OFF the
main relay (RL1).
SC67-01 Original registration sensor If there is a Original registration sensor
(PS306) abnormality. sheet of paper (PS306)
SC67-02 Original conveyance sensor being printed, Original conveyance sensor
(PS308) abnormality. the main body (PS308)
SC67-03 Original reverse sensor (PS309) completes the Original reverse sensor
abnormality. paper exit (PS309)
before stopping
SC67-04 Non-volatile memory error. DF control board (DFCB)
operations.
SC67-05 Cooling fan (FM301) abnormality. Cooling fan (FM301)
Immediately to
SC67-06 Reverse jam sensor (PS304) turn OFF the Reverse jam sensor (PS304)
abnormality. main relay (RL1).
SC67-07 Original reverse/exit sensor Original reverse/exit sensor
(PS313) abnormality. (PS313)
SC67-08 Tray up/down motor (M303) Tray up/down motor (M303)
abnormality.
FS SC70-01* Communication error. The main body FS control board (FSCB)
FS
494
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
FS
abnor- motor /Up (M5) operation, the and the FS stop Relay board (RB)
mality alignment home sensor /Up (PS8) immediately to Alignment motor /Up (M5)
does not turn OFF within a speci- turn OFF the Alignment home sensor /Up
fied period of time. Or, it does not main relay (RL1) (PS8)
turn ON after being turned OFF.
SC77-04 After start-up of the paper exit FS control board (FSCB)
roller motor (M7) operation, a pre- Paper exit roller motor (M7)
determined speed is not obtained
within a specified period of time.
SC77-05 After start-up of the paper exit FS control board (FSCB)
opening motor (M8) operation, Paper exit motor (M8)
the open/close operation is not Paper exit home sensor
completed within a specified (PS12)
period of time. (The paper exit
opening home sensor (PS12)
does not turn ON or OFF.)
SC77-06 After start-up of the stapler move- FS control board (FSCB)
ment motor (M11) operation, the Stapler movement motor
stapler movement home sensor (M11)
(PS11) does not turn OFF. Or, it Relay board (RB)
does not turn ON after being Stapler movement home
turned OFF. sensor (PS11)
SC77-07 Stapler rotation motor (M6) FS control board (FSCB)
abnormality. Relay board (RB)
Stapler rotation motor (M6)
SC77-08 Stapler /Rr rotation abnormality FS control board (FSCB)
(FS-604 only) Relay board (RB)
Stapler rotation home sen-
sor (PS13)
SC77-11 The stapler motor home sensor / . FS control board (FSCB)
Fr (PS31) does not turn ON within Relay board (RB)
a specified period of time after Clincher motor /Fr (M15)
the stapler motor /Fr (M14) starts Stapler motor /Fr (M14)
operations. (FS-509) Clincher home sensor /Fr
Within a specified period of time (PS33)
after the start-up of the clincher Stapler home sensor /Fr
motor /Fr (M15) or stapler motor / (PS31)
Fr (M14) operation, the clincher
home sensor /Fr (PS33) or the
stapler home sensor /Fr (PS31)
does not turn ON. (FS-604)
1 495
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
operation
FS SC77-12 The stapler motor home sensor / The main body FS control board (FSCB)
FS abnor- Rr (PS30) does not turn ON and the FS stop Relay board (RB)
mality within a specified period of time immediately to Clincher motor /Rr (M10)
after the stapler motor /Rr (M10) turn OFF the Stapler motor /Rr (M9)
starts operations. (FS-509) main relay (RL1) Clincher home sensor /Rr
Within a specified period of time (PS32)
after the start-up of the clincher Stapler home sensor /Rr
motor /Rr (M10) or stapler motor / (PS30)
Rr (M9) operation, the clincher
home sensor /Rr (PS32) or the
stapler home sensor /Rr (PS30)
does not turn ON. (FS-604)
SC77-15 Within a specified period of time FS control board (FSCB)
after the start-up of the FS con- FS conveyance motor (M1)
veyance motor (M1) operation,
the motor does not get to the
predetermined speed.
SC77-21 After the saddle stitching stopper FS control board (FSCB)
motor (M18) starts the home Relay board (RB)
position detection operation, the Saddle stitching stopper
saddle stitching stopper home motor (M18)
sensor (PS23) does not turn ON Saddle stitching stopper
within a specified period of time. home sensor (PS23)
(FS-604 only)
SC77-22 After the alignment motor /Lw FS control board (FSCB)
(M16) starts the home position Relay board (RB)
detection operation, the align- Alignment motor /Lw (M16)
ment plate home sensor /Lw Alignment home sensor /Lw
(PS24) does not turn ON within a (PS24)
specified period of time. (FS-604
only)
SC77-25 After the folding blade motor FS control board (FSCB)
(M19) starts the home position Folding blade motor (M19)
detection operation, the folding Folding blade home sensor
blade home sensor /Lw (PS22) (PS22)
does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time. (FS-604 only)
SC77-26 After start-up of the folding con- FS control board (FSCB)
veyance motor (M20) operation, Folding transfer motor (M20)
the M20 does not get to the pre-
determined speed within a speci-
fied period of time. (FS-604 only)
TU SC77-31 After start-up of the conveyance TU drive board (TUDB)
TU
496 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
TU
abnor- starts the home position detec- and the FS stop Blade motor (M102)
mality tion operation, the blade home immediately to Blade home switch (MS101)
switch (MS101) does not turn ON turn OFF the
within a specified period of time. main relay (RL1)
SC77-33 After the stopper motor (M103) TU drive board (TUDB)
starts the home position detec- Stopper motor (M103)
tion operation, the stopper home Stopper home sensor
sensor (PS103) does not turn ON (PS103)
within a specified period of time.
SC77-34 After the stopper release motor TU drive board (TUDB)
(M104) starts the home position Stopper release motor
detection operation, the stopper (M104)
release home sensor (PS104) Stopper release home sen-
does not turn ON within a speci- sor (PS104)
fied period of time.
SC77-35 After the press motor (M105) TU drive board (TUDB)
starts the home position detec- Press motor (M105)
tion operation, the press home Press home sensor (PS105)
sensor (PS105) does not turn ON
within a specified period of time.
SC77-36 After the pusher motor (M107) TU drive board (TUDB)
starts the home position detec- Pusher motor (M107)
tion operation, the pusher home Pusher home sensor
sensor (PS112) does not turn ON (PS112)
within a specified period of time.
SC77-37 After the holder motor (M106) TU drive board (TUDB)
starts the home position detec- Holder motor (M106)
tion operation, the upper limit Upper limit sensor (PS110)
sensor (PS110) does not turn ON
within a specified period of time.
PI SC77-41 After start-up of the tray lift motor FS control board (FSCB)
PI
497
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
operation
PK SC77-44 After the punch shift motor The main body FS control board (FSCB)
PK abnor- (M802) starts the home position and the FS stop Punch drive board (PDB)
mality search, the punch shift home immediately to
sensor (PS803) does not turn ON turn OFF the
even when a specified period of main relay (RL1)
time elapses.
SC77-47 Communication abnormality FS control board (FSCB)
between FS-PK. Punch drive board (PDB)
ZU SC77-52 After the 1st stopper motor (M2) ZU control board (ZUCB)
ZU
abnor- starts the home position search, 1st stopper motor (M2)
mality the 1st stopper home sensor 1st stopper home sensor
(PS3) does not turn ON even (PS3)
when a specified period of time
elapses.
SC77-53 After the 2nd stopper motor (M3) ZU control board (ZUCB)
starts the home position search, 2nd stopper motor (M3)
the 2nd stopper home sensor 2nd stopper home sensor
(PS4) does not turn ON even (PS4)
when a specified period of time
elapses.
SC77-54 After the punch clutch (CL1) turns ZU control board (ZUCB)
on, the punch operation is not Punch motor (M4)
completed even when a specified Punch clutch (CL1)
period of time elapses. (The Punch home sensor (PS6)
home punch sensor (PS6) does
not turn OFF, or does not turn ON
after being turned OFF.)
SC77-55 After the punch shift motor (M5) ZU control board (ZUCB)
starts the home position search, Punch shift motor (M5)
the punch shift home sensor Punch shift home sensor
(PS5) does not turn ON even (PS5)
when a specified period of time
elapses.
SC77-56 A specified period of time after ZU control board (ZUCB)
the conveyance motor cooling Conveyance motor cooling
fan (M10) is turned on, the EM fan (M10)
signal of the M10 gets into an
abnormal condition. Even after
three trials with the M10 turned
OFF, an abnormal condition still
recurs.
498
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
ZU
abnor- on, the punch operation is not and the FS stop Punch motor (M4)
mality completed even when a specified immediately to Punch clutch (CL1)
period of time elapses. (The turn OFF the Punch home sensor (PS6)
punch home sensor (PS6) does main relay (RL1)
not turn OFF, or it does not turn
ON after being turned OFF.)
SC77-58 After the punch switching motor ZU control board (ZUCB)
(M8) starts the home position Punch switchover motor
search, the punch switching (M8)
switch (MS2) does not turn ON Punch switchover switch
even when a specified period of (MS2)
time elapses.
FS SC77-81 After the gate motor (M12) starts FS control board (FSCB)
FS
499
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
operation
ISW SC80-21 When the main power switch The main body IC-203 program
Main body abnor- (SW1) is ON, a region into which stops immedi-
mality no write was made by the ISW is ately to turn OFF
detected in the IC-203 program. the main relay
SC80-30 While in the data transmission by (RL1). Printer cable
the ISW, a formal header informa- Parallel port on PC
tion cannot be received within a
specified period of time.
SC80-31 While in the data transmission by Printer cable
the ISW, a checksum error or Program file corruption
header error is detected with the
download data.
SC80-32 When ISW transfers data, the Printer cable
data is not written into the flash The board to which the data
ROM correctly. is transferred.
SC80-40 When the main power switch FS control program
(SW1) is ON, a region into which
no write was made by the ISW is
detected in the FS control pro-
gram.
SC80-45 When the main power switch IC program
(SW1) is ON, a region into which
no write was made by the ISW is
detected in the IC program.
ADU SC90-01* Initial communication check ADU drive board (ADUDB)
stand between the ADU drive board Printer control board
abnor- (ADUDB)/ printer control board (PRCB)
mality (PRCB). Loose connection
ADU drive serial input abnormality
1. Within a specified period of
time after the ACK at the time of
the main power switch (SW1)
being turned ON, a serial data
from ID = 0 of the ADUDB is not
received.
SC90-02* Communication error check
between the ADU drive board
(ADUDB)/ printer control board
(PRCB).
ADU drive serial input abnormality
1. Within a specified period of
time after the ACK at the time of
the main power switch (SW1)
being turned ON, a serial data
from ID = 7 of ADUDB is not
received.
500
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
Main body
stand board (ADUDB). A -5V ICP blow- stops immedi- Printer control board
abnor- out signal and blowout of a 12V ately to turn OFF (PRCB)
mality ICP signal are detected for the the main relay Loose connection
serial initial communication. (RL1).
SC93-05 24V power source check. At the Each of the solenoids
start of operation, an error detec- Each of the clutches
tion signal (solenoid/blowout of DC power supply /2
clutch ICP) is detected, and also (DCPS2)
an error detection signal (24V cut Loose connection
off) is detected. Wiring harness earth fault
ADU drive board (ADUDB)
SC93-06 At the start of operation, an error
detection signal (solenoid/blow-
out of clutch ICP) is detected.
However, an error detection sig-
nal (24V cut off) is not detected.
SC95-01 A specified period of time after DC power supply /2
the ADU cooling fan /1 (FM10), /2 (DCPS2)
(FM11) turns on, the F10/11 sig- ADU drive board (ADUDB)
nal gets into an abnormal condi- ADU cooling fan /1 (FM10)
tion. This abnormal condition still ADU cooling fan /2 (FM11)
recurs a specified period of time Wiring harness earth fault
after it is turned ON again after Loose connection
being turned OFF, and also an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is detected.
SC95-03 ADU cooling fan /1 (FM10), /2
(FM11) rotation check. A speci-
fied period of time after the FM10,
FM11 turns ON, the FM10/11
signal gets into an abnormal con-
dition. This abnormal condition
still recurs a specified period of
time after it is turned ON again
after being turned OFF, and also
an error detection signal (24V cut
off/blowout of ICP) is not
detected.
501
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
trol units manually. While detached, an error detection is not carried out on these detached units.
There are 2 methods of setting for limited use.
502
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 13. MALFUNCTION CODE
503
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
13. MALFUNCTION CODE Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920
Blank page
504
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
APPENDIX
[1]
57gaf5c001na
505
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
57gaf5c002na
506
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
57gaf5c003na
507
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[1]
[2]
57gaf5c004na
[1] Drum potential sensor (DPS) [2] Drum temperature sensor (TH5)
508
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
E. Charge section
[1] Charge cleaning home sensor (PS41) [2] Charge cleaning limit sensor (PS42)
F. Cleaning section
[1]
[2]
57gaf5c006na
509
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
G. Tray 1, 2, 3
bizhub PRO 920
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[8]
[7]
[5]
[6]
57gaf5c007na
510
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3] 57gaf5c008na
[1] Vertical conveyance sensor /2 (PS53) [4] Vertical conveyance sensor /1 (PS18)
[2] Vertical conveyance sensor /3 (PS19) [5] Loop sensor (PS54)
[3] Door open /close sensor /3 (PS17)
511
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
I. Bypass tray
bizhub PRO 920
[5]
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3] 57gaf5c009na
[1] Lower limit sensor /Bypass (PS43) [4] Paper empty sensor /Bypass (PS29)
[2] Paper size sensor /Rr4 (PS56) [5] Upper limit sensor /Bypass (PS23)
[3] Paper size sensor /Fr4 (PS55)
J. Registration section
[1]
[3]
[2] 57gaf5c010na
[1] Registration sensor (PS44) [3] Paper leading edge sensor (PS45)
[2] Centering sensor (PS1)
512
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
K. ADU section
[9] [4]
[8] [5]
[7]
[6]
[9] [10]
[8]
[3]
[1] ADU deceleration sensor (PS59) [7] Reverse conveyance sensor (PS8)
[2] ADU pre-registration sensor (PS60) [8] Reverse sensor (PS57)
[3] ADU exit sensor (PS46) [9] ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS58)
[4] Transfer/separation cleaning home sensor (PS11) [10] ADU reverse sensor /2 (PS13)
[5] ADU handle release sensor (PS10) [11] Transfer/separation cleaning limit sensor (PS12)
[6] ADU conveyance sensor (PS9)
513
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
L. Fusing section
bizhub PRO 920
[7] [8]
[6]
[5]
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
57gaf5c012na
[1]
57gaf5c013na
514
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
14.1.2 Load
A. Main body rear side
[1]
[6]
[4]
515
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[1]
57gaf5c015na
516
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
[1]
[2]
[3]
57gaf5c016na
[1] Paper exit cooling fan /Lw1 (FM13) [4] Paper exit cooling fan /Up2 (FM17)
[2] Paper exit cooling fan /Lw2 (FM14) [5] Paper exit cooling fan /Up1 (FM15)
[3] Power supply cooling fan /3 (FM18)
517
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
D. Write section
bizhub PRO 920
[1]
[2]
57gaf5c017na
518
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
[2]
57gaf5c018na
[1] Toner supply motor (M11) [2] Toner bottle motor (M15)
519
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[1]
57gaf5c019na
G. Charger unit
[1]
57gaf5c020na
520
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
H. Cleaning section
57gaf5c021na
I. Tray1, 2, 3
[6]
[5]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
57gaf5c022na
521
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[1]
[2]
57gaf5c023na
[1] Vertical conveyance clutch /1 (CL9) [2] Vertical conveyance clutch /2 (CL10)
522
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
K. Bypass tray
[5]
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3] 57gaf5c024na
[1] Pick-up solenoid /Bypass (SD11) [4] Write unit cooling fan /1 (FM5)
[2] Bypass tray lift motor (M22) [5] Write unit cooling fan /2 (FM8)
[3] Paper size VR /BP (VR4) [6] Cooling fan /4 (FM12)
L. Registration section
[1] 57gaf5c025na
523
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
M. ADU section
bizhub PRO 920
[14]
[13] [1]
[12] [2]
[3]
[4]
[11]
[5]
[10]
[6]
[7]
[9] [8] 57gaf5c026na
524
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
N. Fusing section
57gaf5c027na
525
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[15] [16]
[14]
[13] [1]
[12] [2]
[3]
[11]
[4]
[5]
[6]
526
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
[2]
[3]
57gaf5c029na
[1]
57gaf5c030na
527
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
[3]
[2]
[1]
57gaf5c031na
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
57gaf5c032na
528
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
F. Write section
[1]
[2]
57gaf5c033na
[1]
[2]
57gaf5c034na
[1] Drum potential sensor board (DPSB) [2] Toner control sensor board (TCSB)
529
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
H. Charge section
bizhub PRO 920
[1] 57gaf5c035na
I. Tray 1, 2, 3
[1]
57gaf5c036na
530
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
J. ADU section
[1]
[2]
[3] 57gaf5c037na
[1] Transfer exposure lamp (TSL) [3] ADU drive board (ADUDB)
[2] JAM indicator board (JAMIB) [4] High voltage unit /2 (HV2)
531
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
K. Fusing section
bizhub PRO 920
[3]
[2]
[1] 57gaf5c038na
[1] Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4) [3] Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)
[2] Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
532
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
14.2 DF
533
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Rear side
bizhub PRO 920
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[1] Original conveyance motor (M301) [9] Original paper exit motor /1 (M304)
[2] Original skew sensor /Fr (PS312) [10] Original paper exit motor /2 (M305)
[3] Original conveyance sensor (PS308) [11] DF control board (DFCB)
[4] Original skew sensor /Rr (PS311) [12] Cooling fan /Rt (FM302)
[5] Cooling fan /Lt (FM301) [13] Tray up/down motor (M303)
[6] APS timing sensor (PS317) [14] Cover open/close switch (MS301)
[7] Original feed motor (M302) [15] Tray lower limit sensor (PS316)
[8] SDF switching solenoid (SD304)
534
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
C. Upper surface
[5]
[6]
[7]
15saf5c003na
[1] Original size sensor /Rt (PS302) [6] Original empty sensor (PS305)
[2] Original size sensor /Lt (PS303) [7] Tray upper limit sensor (PS315)
[3] Original count sensor (PS310) [8] Original reverse sensor (PS309)
[4] Reverse jam sensor (PS304) [9] Original exit sensor /Lt (PS307)
[5] Original registration sensor (PS306)
535
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
D. Upper tray
bizhub PRO 920
[1]
[2]
15saf5c004na
536
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
E. Reverse tray
[2]
15saf5c005na
[1] Original exit sensor /Rt (PS314) [2] Original reverse/exit sensor (PS313)
537
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
14.3 LU
bizhub PRO 920
[19]
[4]
[18] [5]
[17]
[6]
[7]
[16]
[8]
[15]
[9]
[14]
[10]
[13]
[1] Tray down switch (SW100) [12] Remaining paper sensor /4 (PS105)
[2] Front door interlock switch (MS101) [13] Remaining paper sensor /3 (PS104)
[3] Front door open/close sensor (PS110) [14] Remaining paper sensor /2 (PS103)
[4] Pick-up solenoid (SD100) [15] Remaining paper sensor /1 (PS102)
[5] Upper limit sensor (PS109) [16] Paper lift motor (M100)
[6] LU exit sensor (PS106) [17] Feed clutch (CL101)
[7] Pre-registration clutch (CL102) [18] Upper door open/close sensor (PS100)
[8] Paper feed motor (M101) [19] Upper door interlock switch (MS102)
[9] LU drive board (LUDB) [20] Pre-registration sensor (PS107)
[10] Dehumidification heater (HTR101) [21] Paper empty sensor (PS108)
[11] Lower limit sensor (PS101)
538
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
14.4 FS
[24] [25]
[4]
[23]
[22]
[21]
[20] [5]
[19] [6]
[7]
[18]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[17] [11]
FRONT
[16]
[15] [14] [13] [12]
15sff5c001na
[1] Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1) [15] Folding passage sensor (PS26)
[2] Paper exit home sensor (PS12) (FS-604 only)
[3] Gate home sensor (PS16) [16] Saddle stitching stopper home sensor
[4] FS entrance sensor (PS4) (PS23) (FS-604 only)
[5] Stapler movement motor (M11) (FS-604) [17] Side stitch stopper solenoid /Fr (SD7)
[6] Front door interlock switch (MS1) (FS-604 only)
[7] Clincher rotation motor (M4) (FS-604 only) [18] Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
[8] Alignment home sensor /Lw (PS24) [19] Stacker empty sensor (PS20)
(FS-604 only) [20] Paper assist solenoid (SD51)
[9] Alignment motor /Lw (M16) (FS-604 only) [21] Paper assist motor (M51)
[10] Folding blade home sensor (PS22) [22] Alignment home sensor /Up (PS8)
(FS-604 only) [23] Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)
[11] Folding blade motor (M19) (FS-604 only) [24] Stacker entrance motor (M13)
[12] Side stitch stopper solenoid /Rr (SD8) [25] Shift roller home sensor (PS18)
(FS-604 only) [26] Shift roller motor (M2)
[13] Saddle stitching stopper motor (M18) [27] Main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
(FS-604 only) [28] Sub tray paper full sensor (PS19)
[14] Clincher rotation home sensor (PS14) [29] Paper exit opening solenoid (SD4)
(FS-604 only) [30] Paper exit home sensor (FS-509 only)
1 539
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Rear side
bizhub PRO 920
[11]
[1]
[2]
[10]
[9] [3]
[4]
[8]
[7] [5]
[6]
15sjf5c002na
[1] Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS7) [8] Relay board (RB)
[2] Main tray upper limit sensor (PS2) [9] FS control board (FSCB)
[3] Counter reset sensor (PS15) [10] Gate motor (M12)
[4] Bypass gate solenoid (SD5) [11] FS conveyance motor (M1)
[5] Main tray lower limit sensor (PS3) [12] Paper exit motor (M8)
[6] Main tray lift motor (M3) [13] Sub tray paper exit motor (M21)
[7] Folding transfer motor (M20) [14] Paper exit roller motor (M7)
540
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
C. Folding section
[9]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[4] [3] 15sff5c003na
[1] Stapler movement home sensor (PS11) [6] Stapler rotation home sensor (PS13)
(FS-509) (FS-604 only)
[2] Folding paper exit sensor (PS25) (FS-604 only) [7] Tri-folding gate solenoid (SD6) (FS-604 only)
[3] Folding full LED (LED29) (FS-604 only) [8] Stapler rotation motor (M6) (FS-604 only)
[4] Stapler movement motor (M11) (FS-509) [9] Stapler movement home sensor (PS11)
[5] Folding full sensor (PS29) (FS-604 only) (FS-604)
[10] Alignment motor /Up (M5)
1 541
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
D. Stapler section
bizhub PRO 920
FS-509
[3]
[4]
FS-604
[9]
[7]
[6]
[8]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[1] Clincher motor /Rr (M10) / [6] Staple empty switch /Rr (MS3) /
Clincher motor /Fr (M15) (FS-604 only) Staple empty switch /Fr (MS5) (FS-604)
[2] Clincher home sensor /Rr (PS32) / [7] Cartridge sensor /Rr (PS34) /
Clincher home sensor /Fr (PS33) (FS-604 only) Cartridge sensor /Fr (PS36) (FS-509)
[3] Stapler motor /Rr (M9) / [8] Staple ready sensor /Rr (PS38) /
Stapler motor /Fr (M14) Staple ready sensor /Fr (PS39) (FS-509 only)
[4] Stapler home sensor /Rr (PS30) / [9] Staple empty sensor /Rr (PS35) /
Stapler home sensor /Fr (PS31) Staple empty sensor /Fr (PS37) (FS-509)
[5] Cartridge switch /Rr (MS2) /
Cartridge switch /Fr (MS4) (FS-604)
542 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
14.5 PI
[10]
[19] [11]
[12]
FRONT
[18] [13]
[17] [16] [15] [14] 15jff5c001na
[1] PI drive board (PIDB) [13] Upper door open /close switch (MS201)
[2] Conveyance motor (M203) [14] Tray upper limit sensor /Lw (PS209)
[3] Transfer clutch /Lw (CL202) [15] Paper empty sensor /Lw (PS207)
[4] Registration clutch (CL203) [16] Paper size VR /Lw (VR202)
[5] Paper empty sensor /Up (PS202) [17] Paper set sensor /Lw (PS208)
[6] Paper size VR /Up (VR201) [18] Paper set sensor /Up (PS203)
[7] Paper entrance sensor /Up (PS201) [19] L size sensor /Lw (PS212)
[8] Tray upper limit sensor /Up (PS204) [20] Tray lift motor /Lw (M202)
[9] Paper entrance sensor /Lw (PS206) [21] Tray lower limit sensor /Lw (PS210)
[10] PI operation board (PIOB) [22] Tray lower limit sensor /Up (PS205)
[11] Pick-up solenoid /Lw (SD202) [23] Tray lift motor /Up (M201)
[12] Pick-up solenoid /Up (SD201) [24] Transfer clutch /Up (CL201)
543
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
14.6 PK
bizhub PRO 920
14.6.1 PK-503/PK-504
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[8]
[5]
FRONT [7] [6] 15kjf5c001na
[1] Punch motor (M801) [5] Punch shift home sensor (PS803)
[2] Paper size sensor (PS805) [6] Punch shift motor (M802)
[3] Punch scraps box full sensor (PS802) [7] Punch drive board (PDB)
[4] Punch home sensor (PS801) [8] Punch scraps box set sensor (PS804)
14.6.2 PK-505
[7]
[6] [1]
[5]
[9]
[8] 15knf5e003na
[1] Punch shift home sensor (PS303) [6] Punch motor (M301)
[2] Punch shift motor (M302) [7] Punch encoder sensor (PS306)
[3] Paper size sensor (PS305) [8] Punch drive board (PDB)
[4] Punch scraps box full sensor (PS302) [9] Punch scraps box set sensor (PS304)
[5] Punch home sensor (PS301)
544
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
14.7 ZU
[1]
[2]
[15]
[3]
[14]
[13]
[4]
[12]
[5]
[11]
[10] [6]
[9]
[8] [7]
15kvf5c001na
[1] Conveyance motor cooling fan (M10) [9] Noise filter (NF)
[2] Punch shift motor (M5) [10] Coil (L)
[3] Punch shift home sensor (PS5) [11] DC power supply (DCPS)
[4] ZU control board (ZUCB) [12] Door switch (MS1)
[5] Circuit breaker /2 (CBR2) [13] Punch scraps box set sensor (PS7)
[6] Circuit breaker /1 (CBR1) [14] Punch scraps full sensor (PS8)
[7] Power relay /1 (RL1) [15] Punch scraps conveyance motor (M7)
[8] Power relay /2 (RL2)
545
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Z-folding/conveyance section
bizhub PRO 920
[10] [11]
[9]
[8] [1]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[6]
[4]
[5]
15kvf5c002na
C. Punch section
[9]
[1]
[1]
[2]
546
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
14.8 TU
[3]
[11]
[10]
[9] [4]
[8] [7] [6] [5] 15smf5c001na
547
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Rear side
bizhub PRO 920
[11]
[1]
[10]
[2]
[3]
[9]
[8] [4]
[7]
[6] [5]
15smf5c002na
[1]
[5]
[2]
[4]
[3]
15smf5c003na
548
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
224 (W : 6 pin) 216 (BN : 15 pin) 214 (BN : 11 pin) 221 (W : 9 pin)
229 (W : 4 pin) 225 (GY : 16 pin) 228 (GY : 28 pin) 401 (W : 2 pin)
N.C
N.C 210 (BN : 19 pin)
323 (W : 8 pin)
N.C
37 (W : 8 pin)
549
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
N.C N.C
N.C
195 (B : 40 pin)
N.C
N.C
122 (BN : 60 pin)
N.C
138 (W : 15 pin)
524 (W : 6 pin)
523 (W : 6 pin)
500 (W : 9 pin)
527 (W : 7 pin)
501 (BN : 2 pin) 591 (BN : 5 pin) 528 (W : 8 pin)
520 (GY : 34 pin)
529 (W : 6 pin) 590 (N.C)
510 (W : 11 pin)
525 (W : 12 pin) 530 (BN : 6 pin) 593 (N.C) 521 (GY : 30 pin)
526 (W : 10 pin) 594 (N.C) 522 (W : 11 pin) 57gaf5c041na
550
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
D. AC drive board
35 (W : 5 pin)
36 (W : 10 pin)
411 (BN : 11 pin)
E. DC power supply /1
75 (W : 2 pin) 74 (W : 14 pin)
71 (W : 8 pin)
72 (W : 6 pin) 77 (W : 10 pin)
E (W : 3 pin)
76 (W : 4 pin)
73 (W : 12 pin) F (W : 3 pin)
2 (W : 3 pin)
57gaf5c043na
551
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
F. DC power supply /2
bizhub PRO 920
11 (W : 14 pin) 13 (W : 18 pin)
15 (W : 14 pin) 12 (W : 22 pin) 31 (W : 3 pin)
14 (W : 4 pin)
21 (W : 5 pin)
1-1 (W : 2 pin)
1-2 (W : 4 pin)
57gaf5c044na
620 (W : 3 pin)
621 (W : 3 pin)
623 (W : 7 pin)
622 (W : 4 pin)
250 (W : 3 pin)
251 (W : 11 pin)
57gaf5c046na
552
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
K. L1 inverter
553
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
M. Operation board /1
bizhub PRO 920
709 (W : 2 pin)
700 (BN : 14 pin) 703 (BN : 13 pin)
708 (W : 6 pin) 713 (BN : 15 pin) 1 (W : 3 pin)
707 (W : 3 pin)
711 (W : 6 pin)
701 (BN : 4 pin)
57gaf5c051na
N. Operation board /2
57gaf5c052na
O. OB inverter
57gaf5c053na
454 (W : 10 pin)
57gaf5c054na
554
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
Q. Index board
R. CCD board
170 (W : 50 pin)
57gaf5c056na
555
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
U. Parameter board
bizhub PRO 920
141 (W : 40 pin)
556
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
15.2 DF
3 (W : 7 pin)
6 (W : 6 pin) 8 (GY : 24 pin)
2 (W : 8 pin) J2 (N.C.)
9 (W : 5 pin)
1 (W : 4 pin)
10 (W : 6 pin)
14 (W : 6 pin)
11 (W : 6 pin)
B. Tray board
12 (W : 9 pin)
11 (W : 6 pin)
13 (W : 3 pin)
15saf5c007na
557
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
15.3 LU
bizhub PRO 920
A. LU drive board
700 (W : 4 pin)
558
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
15.4 FS
12 (BN : 24 pin)
1 (W : 18 pin)
SW 1
10 (W : 4 pin)
11 (BN : 9 pin)
7 (W : 6 pin)
2 (W : 14 pin)
6 (W : 5 pin)
14 (W : 4 pin)
SW1
ON
1 2 3 4
5 (BN : 22 pin)
15sff5c005na
82 (N.C.)
1 (W : 18 pin)
SW 1
10 (W : 4 pin)
11 (BN : 9 pin) 16 (N.C.)
7 (W : 6 pin) 22 (N.C.)
2 (W : 14 pin)
6 (W : 5 pin) 21 (N.C.)
14 (W : 4 pin)
SW1
ON
1 2 3 4
1 559
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
5 (BN : 30 pin)
6 (W : 30 pin)
10 (W : 8 pin)
8 (BN : 34 pin)
1 (BN : 40 pin)
5 (BN : 30 pin)
6 (W : 30 pin)
10 (W : 8 pin)
9 (W : 2 pin)
1 (BN : 40 pin)
7 (W : 28 pin)
3 (BN : 28 pin)
2 (BN : 22 pin)
15sjf5c006na
560 1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
15.5 PI
58 (GY : 12 pin)
52 (GY : 38 pin)
54 (W : 8 pin)
15jff5c002na
B. PI operation board
1 (GY : 12 pin)
15jff5c003na
561
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
15.6 PK
bizhub PRO 920
25 (W : 7 pin)
15kjf5c003na
562
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
15.7 ZU
10 (W : 12 pin) 4 (W : 14 pin)
12 (W : 2 pin)
6 (B : 14 pin) 8 (W : 6 pin)
LED VR
LED LED2
LED6
LED4
SW1 7 (W : 12 pin)
LED3
20 (24 pin) LED5
5 (W : 24 pin)
21 (18 pin) VR
11 (W : 4pin) VR1 VR2 VR3 VR4 VR5
2 (W : 4 pin)
1 (W : 3 pin)
SW1 SW1
1:OFF 1:ON
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
2:ON 2:ON
ON
ON
3:OFF 3:OFF
4:OFF 4:OFF
750/600 920
15kvf5c004nb
563
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
15.8 TU
bizhub PRO 920
403 (W : 5 pin)
401 (GY : 40 pin)
405 (W : 4 pin)
408 (W : 3 pin)
407 (W : 2 pin)
409 (W : 3 pin)
15smf5c004na
564
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Item
(M10) L
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
R
H
ADU reverse L
motor (M7) F
R
ADU convey- H
ance motor (M8) L
Registration clutch (CL1)
ADU pre-registration clutch (CL2)
Paper feed clutch /1 (CL3)
Pre-registration clutch /1 (CL4)
57gaf5c800na
16. TIMING CHART
565
bizhub PRO 920
bizhub PRO 920
566
Item
57gaf5c801na
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Item
16.2 DF
615 mm/s
A. A4, life size, single sided original, 3 originals
F
400 mm/s
Original paper exit 250 mm/s
motor /1 (M304) 400 mm/s
R
450 mm/s
615 mm/s
Original reverse sensor (PS309)
Original exit sensor /Lt (PS307)
615 mm/s
F 400 mm/s
Original paper exit 250 mm/s
motor /2 (M305) 250 mm/s
R 400 mm/s
615 mm/s
Original reverse/exit sensor (PS313)
Original exit sensor /Rt (PS314)
Gate solenoid (SD303)
V-VALID
15saf5c800na
ON scan scan scan
16. TIMING CHART
567
bizhub PRO 920
bizhub PRO 920
568
Item
DOWN
Tray upper limit sensor (PS315)
Tray lower limit sensor (PS314)
615 mm/s
F
B. A4, life size, double sided original, 3 originals
400 mm/s
Original paper exit 250 mm/s
motor /1 (M304) 400 mm/s
R
450 mm/s
615 mm/s
Original reverse sensor (PS309)
Original exit sensor /Lt (PS307)
615 mm/s
F 400 mm/s
Original paper exit 250 mm/s
motor /2 (M305) 250 mm/s
R 400 mm/s
615 mm/s
Original reverse/exit sensor (PS313)
Original exit sensor /Rt (PS314)
Gate solenoid (SD303)
V-VALID
Start button Page 1 Page 1 Page 2 Page 2 Page 3 Page 3 Final paper feed is completed
15saf5c801na
ON side one scan side two side one scan side two side one scan side two scan
scan scan
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
16.3 LU
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Item
Feed clutch
A. A4, life size, 1-1 mode, 2 originals
(CL101)
Loop Loop
Pick-up sole-
noid (SD100)
Pre-registration
clutch
(CL102)
Pre-registration
sensor
(PS107)
LU exit
sensor
(PS106)
15ssf5c800na
16. TIMING CHART
569
bizhub PRO 920
bizhub PRO 920
570
Item
16.4.1
1
FS conveyance motor (M1)
Bypass gate solenoid (SD5)
16.4 FS
Print start signal Copy 1 Page 1 Copy 1 Page 2 Copy 1 Page 3 Copy 1 Page 51 Copy 1 Page 52 Copy 2 Page 1
Item
FS entrance sensor (PS4)
FS conveyance motor (M1)
Bypass gate solenoid (SD5)
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
Stacker entrance motor (M13)
Paper assist motor (M51)
A. 2 flat stitching staples, A4, 52 originals, 2 copies, Single side
15sff5c801na
Copy 2 Page 50 Copy 2 Page 51 Copy 2 Page 52
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
16.4.2
FS-604
Item
Item
1
15sjf5c800na
16. TIMING CHART
571
bizhub PRO 920
bizhub PRO 920
572
Item
FS entrance sensor (PS4)
FS conveyance motor (M1)
Bypass gate solenoid (SD5)
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
16. TIMING CHART
Item
FS entrance sensor (PS4)
FS conveyance motor (M1)
Bypass gate solenoid (SD5)
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
Stacker entrance motor (M13)
B. 2 flat stitching staples, A4, 11 originals, 2 copies, Single side
15sjf5c801na
Copy 2 Page 9 Copy 2 Page10 Copy 2 Page 11
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Item
FS entrance sensor (PS4)
FS conveyance motor (M1)
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
Stacker entrance motor (M13) 930 mm/s
500 mm/s
Alignment home sensor /Up (PS8)
close
Alignment motor /Up (M5)
open
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Item
FS entrance sensor (PS4)
FS conveyance motor (M1)
C. Saddle stitching, A4R, 3 originals, 2 copies, Single side
15sjf5c802na
16. TIMING CHART
573
bizhub PRO 920
bizhub PRO 920
574
Item
close
Alignment motor /Up (M5)
open
Alignment motor /Lw (M16) close
open
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
930 mm/s
Stacker entrance motor (M13)
500 mm/s
Folding passage sensor (PS26)
A
Item
Paper exit roller motor (M7)
Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)
FS entrance sensor (PS4)
Gate motor (M12)
close
Alignment motor /Up (M5)
open
close
Alignment motor /Lw (M16)
open
Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
930 mm/s Stacker entrance motor
500 mm/s (M13)
A
Folding passage sensor (PS26)
Folding blade motor (M19)
Folding blade home sensor (PS22)
FS conveyance motor (M1)
down Saddle stitching stopper motor
up (M18)
Tri-folding gate solenoid (SD6)
Folding transfer motor (M20)
Folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
Side stitch stopper solenoid /Fr, /Rr (SD7, SD8)
15sjf5c803na
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
16.5 PI
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
15jff5c800na
16. TIMING CHART
575
bizhub PRO 920
bizhub PRO 920
576
16.6 PK
16. TIMING CHART
Item
15kjf5c800na
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
16.7 ZU
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
15kvf5c800na
16. TIMING CHART
577
bizhub PRO 920
bizhub PRO 920
578
16.8 TU
16. TIMING CHART
Copy 1 Copy 2
15smf5c800na
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Copy 1 Copy 2
15smf5c801na
16. TIMING CHART
579
bizhub PRO 920
16. TIMING CHART Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
bizhub PRO 920
Blank page
580
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
I
L
F
K
E
B
A
H
D
C
M
58
60
59
129
Plug
128
126
53
1
1
51
601-6
601-5
601-4
601-3
601-2
601-1
601-8
601-7
17.1 Main body 1/4
G/Y
FT10
FT11
600-1 5V
600-6 P.G
600-5 P.G
600-2 S.G
600-4 24V
600-3 24V
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
CBR
620-1 U
FT13
FT12
610-1 SCAN_CLK
620-2 V Scanner motor
610-2 SCAN_FR
M13
FT15
FT14
2
2
610-3 SCAN_W23
610-4 SCAN_V0 620-3 W
610-5 SCAN_V1
NF1
630-1 631-1 632-1
610-6 SCAN_V2 623-1 24V
Noise filter /1
630-2 631-2 632-2
610-7 LUMP_CONT 623-2 CONT
630-3 631-3 632-3
516
FT17
FT16
610-8 FAN_CONT
L1
FT42
FT41
631-4 632-4
A
610-9 FAN_EM
610-10 HP_PS
631-4
L1 INVB
UNIT
From IPB
Exposure lamp
610-11 NC
F/G
NF2
610-12 NC
Transformer /2
SCANNER
F/G
640-3-1 750-1 CN13-1
LAMP UNIT
610-13 NC
18
621-1 CONT
Noise filter /2
CN19-1
610-14 SCAN24V_FEM 640-2-2 Dehumidification
621-2 EM
T2
Scanner cooling fan
SDB
610-15 SGND
FM7
heater switch
CN19-2
640-1-3 750-2 CN13-4
133
621-3 PGND
305-5 SW3
1
91-1 CN12-1 CN17-2 CN17-1
3
3
305-3
650-1
622-1 5V 305-1 CN9-1
650-2
622-2 SIG
T1
Scanner home sensor
CN9-2
650-3 305-6
PS5
622-3 CN12-4
622-4 305-4 91-2
305-2 Transformer /1
FT40
623-5
CN11-2
CN11-1
CN11-2
CN11-1
5
FT21
623-6
CN20-1
1
6
G/Y
623-7
FT20
FT41
4
4
RL1
Main relay
84
167
161
57GA (JAPAN 100V)
Outlet
81
32
162
166
171
CN21-1
CN18-1
87
92
85
31
510
35
30
500
34
42
33
36
SW1
507
507
T1
T1
T1
T1
G
G
G
G
T2
T2
T2
T2
TRC1
TRC1
Triac /2
Triac /2
CN21-2
Main power switch
To ACDB
To ACDB
505
504
504
505
Triac /1
Triac /1
To FUSING UNIT
CN18-3
502
502
503
503
100-4 5V0
100-5 5V0
100-6 5V0
101-6 5V1
101-5 5V1
506 To ACDB
To ACDB
5
5
100-8 12V0
100-1 S.GND
100-2 S.GND
100-3 S.GND
100-7 S.GND
101-9 S.GND
101-8 S.GND
101-7 S.GND
101-4 S.GND
101-2 S.GND
163-7-1 665-3
101-10 5V1(HDD)
CN137-1 APS/5V
163-6-2 665-2
101-3 12V1-1(CCD)
101-1 12V1-2(HDD)
CN137-2 SIG APS sensor /1
163-5-3 665-1
CN137-3 SGND
163-4-4 666-3
CN137-4 APS/5V
163-3-5 666-2
CN137-5 SIG APS sensor /2
163-2-6 666-1
PS62 PS63
CN137-6 SGND
163-1-7
A
CN137-7 LAMP H/L
SCANNER
160-1-6
CN2-3
CN2-1
CN116-1 PAT1
160-2-5
AC_NEU
AC_HOT
6
6
CN116-2 PAT2
160-3-4
30
CN72-1 5V0
CN116-3 PAT3
lamp
160-4-3
31
CN72-2 5V0
CN116-4 PAT4
Status
160-5-2
32
CN72-3 5V0
10
160-6-1 IPB
33
indicator
CN72-4 SGND
11
34
CN72-5 SGND
35
170
169
164
CN72-6 SGND
165
168
163
FM19
36
IPB CN73-1 12V0
CN73-2
cooling fan /1
Power supply
38
CN73-3 12V3
171-6
171-5
171-4
171-3
171-2
171-1
PRCB
CN73-4
CN73-5
FM20
CN73-6
42
IPB CN73-7 SGND
475-6
475-5
475-4
475-3
475-2
475-1
7
7
CN73-8
cooling fan /2
Power supply
CN73-9
CN73-10
CN73-11
707-1 SUB_SW CN73-12
SW
708-2 5V1
708-1 5V1
SUB
-2 S.GND
SW2
708-4 S.GND
708-3 S.GND
-3
708-5 5V1(IVN)
48
CN74-1 24v2
Power switch
FNS 758-1
8
8
CN74-7
58
CN74-11 PGND
59
CN74-13 PGND
703-13 SHUT SW 704- 1 SHUT SW CN74-14
-12 SHUT LED - 2 SHUT LED
-11 5V0 - 3 5V0
62
- 8 EXP SW - EXP SW
- 7 UD LED - 7 UD LED
64
CN76-1 24v3
OB2
- 6 USER SW - 8 USER SW M4 CN76-2
- 5 HELP SW - 9 HELP SW
66
CN76-3 PGND
- 4 S.GND -10 S.GND CN76-4
- 3 ADJ Vref -11 VR_LOWER
- 2 LCD VR -12 VR_SIG
9
9
68
CN77-2 PGND
70
OB1
-3 GND
-3 N.C
-2 N.C
166-1 VH
75
OACB (1/3)
136-A6 SW SIG -9 SW SIG
76
10
10
713-15 -11 D2
745-B14-B1
136-B1 DAT3 -14 LCD_D3 -10 D1 CN71-2 SGND
745-B13-B2
136-B2 DAT2 -13 LCD_D2 -9 D0 CN71-3 /REM1
745-B12-B3
CN71-4 /REM2
152
CN71-7 AC_OFF
151 154
136-B6 CP -9 CP -5 CP
745-B8-B7
LCDB
CN71-8 FAN_H/L
153
Backlight
11
11
701-1 X2 LEFT
-2 Y2 LOWER
-3 X1 RIGHT
-4 Y1 UPPER
FT42
7
FT23
8
FT22
FT43
12
RL2
12
90-1
7
138-1 5V0
90-2
CN14-1
CN14-2
8
Sub relay
138-5 /REM3
152
138-6 /REM4
153
138-7 FAN_H/L
Coil
138-8 HT_RL
154
138-9 ACOFF(M)
CN3-2
155
138-10 CUR EM
138-11 ACOFF(T)
138-12
513
138-13
514
138-14
515
512
511
138-15
13
13
L
F
K
E
B
A
H
D
C
M
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
L
F
K
E
B
A
H
D
C
M
513
36V
514
512
511
24V
515
GND 63
PLL_LK 170
52
62
CLK 171
CONT 172
172-6-4
172-1-9
172-2-8
172-3-7
172-5-5
172-4-6
14
14
CN1-6
CN1-5
CN1-3
CN1-2
186-6-1
186-5-2
186-4-3
186-3-4
186-2-5
186-1-6
AC_NEU
AC_NEU
AC_HOT
AC_HOT
140-1 GND
79
PRCB CN11-1 5v1
140-2 GND
80
CN11-2 5v1
81
CN11-3 5v1
131-1
140-4 N.C
131-6
131-5
131-2
131-3
131-4
161
140-5 CTS IPB
162
CN11-4 5v1
140-6 RTS
82
140-7 RXD
PMDB DDF
141
140-8 TXD LCT
RESERVE
142
140-9 5V1 DCPS1
163
CN11-5 5v1
140-10 5V1
164
OB1
165
84
CN11-6 12v1-1
15
15
M17
WRITING
IPB
85
111-1 TD+ CN11-7 12v1-2
86
111-2 TD- PRCB CN11-8 SGND
88
111-3 RD+ ADUDB CN11-9 SGND
87
111-4 CT CN11-10 SGND
I/F (RJ45)
166
111-5 CT IPB
167
111-6 RD- CN11-11 SGND
90
Polygon motor
111-7 N.C DDF
89
111-8 CHS LCT
168
CN11-12 SGND
192-5-9 194-9
170
CN132-2 SGND
192-3-11 194-11
92
125-1 VBUS CN132-3 IND CN11-13 SGND
125-2 -D 192-2-12 194-12 IPB CN11-14 SGND
171
CN132-4 S.GND
125-3 +D 192-1-13 194-13
INDEXB
CN132-5 5V
ISW
125-4 S.GND
16
16
51-1
93
MS2 CN21-1 24v2
191-14-1
CN130-A1 ENB CN21-2
I/F (USB)
191-13-2
95
134-1 STROBE CN130-A2 ALM1 ADUDB CN21-3 PGND
191-12-3
134-2 D0 CN130-A3 S/HB1 CN21-4
191-11-4
134-3 D1 CN130-A4 S/H1
191-10-5
97
134-4 D2 CN130-A5 S.GND ACDB CN12-1 24v1
191-9-6
98
134-5 D3 CN130-A6 LD+5V LCT CN12-2 24v1
191-8-7
134-6 D4 CN130-A7 LD+5V CN12-3
191-7-8
100
134-7 D5 CN130-A8 LPR5V ACDB CN12-4 12v2
191-6-9
CN130-A9 S.GND CN12-5 12v2
101
134-8 D6 191-5-10
ADUDB
134-9 D7 CN130-A10 -VIDEO1 CN12-6
191-4-11
103
134-10 PTRCLK CN130-A11 +VIDEO1 PRCB CN12-7 5v2
191-3-12
104
134-14 PBUSY CN130-A12 S.GND M3 CN12-8 5v2
190-12-1
105
134-12 ACK CN130-B1 LOAD ADUDB CN12-9 5v2
190-11-2
106
CN130-B2 DACLK CN12-10 5v2
17
17
134-13 xFLAG 190-10-3
ACDB
DCPS2
LDB
107
134-14 HBUSY CN130-B3 DI ADUDB CN12-11 -5v
190-9-4
134-15 18 NC CN130-B4 S.GND
190-8-5
108
134-19 27 SGND CN130-B5 ALM2 ACDB CN12-12 SGND
190-7-6
CN130-B6 S/HB2 CN12-13
110
134-31 INIT CN130-B7 S/H2 ADUDB CN12-14 SGND
190-5-8
111
134-32 NDVALID CN130-B8 ALMRST PRCB CN12-15 SGND
190-4-9
112
134-33 35 NC CN130-B9 S.GND ADUDB CN12-16 SGND
190-3-10
113
134-36 1284ACT CN130-B10 -VIDEO2 CN12-17 SGND
114
CN130-B11 +VIDEO2 CN12-18 PGND
190-1-12
115
CN130-B12 S.GND LCT CN12-19 PGND
CN12-20
139-1 DCD
117
CN12-21 PGND
139-2 RXD CN195- 1 RST PRCB CN12-22 24v1
118
CN195- 2 S.GND
139-3 TXD CN195- 3 D7
CN195- 4 D8
139-4 DTR CN195- 5 D6 CN13-1 24v1
119
RCDB
18
18
CN195- 6 D9
139-5 GND CN195- 7 D5 CN13-2
CN195- 8 D10
139-6 DSR CN195- 9 D4 CN13-3
CN195-10 D11
139-7 RTS CN195-11 D3 CN13-4
CN195-12 D12 343-1
CSRC I/F
139-8 CTS CN195-13 D2
123
DPSB CN13-5 24v1
CN195-14 D13
139-9 RI CN195-15 D1
124
M15 CN13-6 5v2
CN195-16 D14 FM18
CN195-17 D0
125
M4 CN13-7 5v2
CN195-18 D15
CN195-19 S.GND
126
SDB CN13-8 5v2
cooling fan /3
CN195-20 N.C.(KEY pin)
CN195-21 DMARQ
Power supply
127
HV1 CN13-9 5v2
CN195-22 S.GND
CN195-23 DIOW
128
CN13-10 SGND
CN195-24 S.GND SDB
CN195-25 DIOR
129
CN13-11 SGND
CN195-26 S.GND
CN195-27 IDRDY CN13-12
CN195-28 CSEL
CN195-29 DMACK CN13-13
CN195-30 S.GND
CN195-31 INT0
132
M15 CN13-14 PGND
OACB (2/3)
CN195-32 Reserved
HDD1
CN195-33 DA1 CN13-15
CN195-34 PDAIG
CN195-35 DA0 CN13-16
CN195-36 DA2
19
19
CN195-37 CS0
132
HTR4 CN13-17 PGND
CN195-38 CS1 343-2
CN195-39 DASP
136
DPSB CN13-18 PGND
CN195-40 S.GND
138
CN103-2 S.GND CN14-2 5v2
FNS
139
CN103-3 S.GND CN14-3 SGND
CN103-4 +12V(HDD) CN14-4
CN15-4
CN110-1 S.GND CN170-50 S.GND
200
CN15-5 FAN_CONT
CN110-2 TG CN170-49 TG
CN15-6 FAN_EM
201
20
20
CN170-39 RCK+
221
CN110-12 +RCK
CN110-13 S.GND CN170-38 S.GND 81-3
222
81-4
78-2A
CN170-36 TCK+
223
CN110-15 +TCK M3
CN110-16 -TCK CN170-35 TCK- 81-5
224
81-6
Interlock switch /2
CN170-33 S.GND
225
CN110-18 S.GND M1
CN110-19 SCLK CN170-32 SCLK
82-1
CN170-31 SEN
226
78-2B 79-2B
M15
21
21
PB
CN110-27 -AD_D1 CN170-24 AD_D1-
CN170-23 AD_D1+
CCDB
CN110-28 +AD_D1
CN110-29 S.GND CN170-22 S.GND
CN110-30 -AD_D2 CN170-21 AD_D2-
CN110-31 +AD_D2 CN170-20 AD_D2+
CN110-32 S.GND CN170-19 S.GND
CN110-33 -LVDSCLK CN170-18 LVDSCLK-
CN110-34 +LVDSCLK CN170-17 LVDSCLK+
CN110-35 S.GND CN170-16 S.GND
CN110-36 ADRST CN170-15 ADRST
22
22
CN137-15 COVER
CN137-14 DDF_VV
CN137-13 CTS
CN137-12 DTR
CN137-11 TXD
CN137-10 RTS
CN137-9 DSR
CN137-8 RXD
23
23
759-1-8
759-2-7
759-3-6
759-4-5
759-5-4
759-6-3
759-7-2
759-8-1
CN887-1 12Vout
CN887-2 GND
CN887-3 GND
IC-203
CN887-4 5Vout
N.C
N.C
RTS
CTS
TXD
CN 899
RXD
PCI RB
DFVV
COVER
24
24
49
24V2(MRG) CN1-6
CN889-4 N.C CN1-7
55
P.GND CN1-8
CN889-5 GND CN1-9
82
5V1 CN1-10
CN889-6 N.C CN1-11
90
S.GND CN1-12
DIMM
CN889-8 CTS
DEBUG I/F
CN1-16
CompactFlash
DF-606
CN1-23
CN1-24
CN1-25
CN886-1 VBUS CN1-26
CN1-27
CN1-28
HDD2
CN886-2 -D
25
25
CN1-29
CN886-3 +D CN1-30
CN1-31
(USB)
CN1-34
CN1-35
CN1-36
CN1-37
CN1-38
CN1-39
CN1-40
CN885-8 CHS
CN885-7 N.C.
CN885-6 RD-
CN885-5 CT
CN885-4 CT
CN885-3 RD+
CN885-2 TD-
CN885-1 TD+
CN888-36 1284ACT
CN888-33 35 NC
CN888-32 NDVALID
CN888-31 INIT
CN888-28 30 NC
CN888-19 27 SGND
CN888-15 18 NC
CN888-14 HBUSY
CN888-13 xFLAG
CN888-12 ACK
CN888-14 PBUSY
CN888-10 PTRCLK
CN888-9 D7
CN888-8 D6
CN888-7 D5
CN888-6 D4
CN888-5 D3
CN888-4 D2
CN888-3 D1
CN888-2 D0
CN888-1 STROBE
I/F
26
26
(RJ45)
LAN I/F
PARALLEL
L
F
K
E
B
A
H
D
C
M
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
Y
X
V
S
P
U
R
N
Q
O
W
200
201
142
103
69
68
79
117
111
86
38
220
118
221
1
1
200-3 5V2
200-2 5V1
401-1 24V3
301-1 24V3
200-1 12V3
401-2 PGND
301-2 PGND
300-2 PGND
200-8 S.GND
200-7 S.GND
17.3 Main body 3/4
200-4 JPN100V
200-5 PSFAN_EM
200-6 PSFANCONT
454-10 341-10
AGND 225-B8 AGND
2
2
454-4 341-4
TCSB
CONT 225-B2 CONT
454-3 341-3
Vref 225-B1 LED_Vref
DRUM
454-2 341-2
DCONT 225-A8 DCONT
454-1 341-1
5V 225-A7 5V
351-4-1 340-10
224-3 DRUM_THD+
351-3-2 340-9
Drum temperature sensor TH5 224-4 DRUM_THD-
351-2-3 340-8
351-1-4 340-7
340-11
224-1 DRUM_SET
340-12
224-2 5V
457-5 458-4 350-4-1 340-6
136
457-4 350-3-2 340-5
216-15 SCAN_CLK_O
458-3
457-3 224-6 AGND 216-14 SCAN_FR
Drum potential sensor 458-2 350-2-3 340-4
457-2 224-5 DRUM_V_SIG
DPS
216-13 SCAN_MGN
DPSB
457-1 458-1 350-1-4 340-1
123
216-12 SCAN_CUR1
3
3
358-3 353-8-4
216-11 SCAN_CUR2
358-2 353-7-5 341-23
Charge cleaning limit sensor 225-A6 CHGCLOR_PS 216-10 SCAN_CUR3
358-1 353-6-6
216-9 EXP_CONT
353-5-7
516
357-3 216-8 SCANFAN_CONT
357-2 353-4-8 341-11 216-7 SCANFAN_EM
Charge cleaning home sensor 225-A5 CHGCLHP_PS
357-1 353-3-9 216-6 SCANHP_PS
361-3 355-8 356-2-8 216-5 NC
361-2 355-7 356-3-7 341-22 216-4 NC
Blade sensor /2 225-A4 BLA_PS2
361-1 355-6 356-4-6 216-3 NC
355-5 356-5-5 341-21
216-2 SCAN24V_FEM
360-3
225-A3 SGND 216-1 SGND
360-2 355-4 356-6-4 341-20
Blade sensor /1 225-A2 BLA_PS1
360-1 355-3 356-7-3 341-19
225-A1 5V 250-12
220-A1 T1_SET_P
250-14 270-1
355-1 356-9-1 341-15 220-A2 5V2
250-11 270-2
F/G
323-1 BLA_1 Paper size
Blade motor 355-2 356-8-2 341-16 220-A3 T1SIZE_PS1
4
4
323-2 BLA_2 250-23 270-3 sensor /Rr1
220-A4 SGND
359-1 353-3-9 341-17 220-A5 271-1
359-3 353-2-10
323-6 TM_D1
341-24 271-2
TRAY1
Charging cleaning motor 250-15 Paper size
359-2 353-1-11 341-18 220-A6 T1SIZE_PS2
356-9-1
PS42 PS41 PS31 PS30 M14 M23
323-7 TM_D2 271-3
sensor /Fr1
F/G
262-6-1 275-1
F/G
250-19 262-5-2 275-2 Paper empty
354-1 341-12
220-A10 T1_0PS
355-9
262-4-3 275-3
323-3 24V sensor /1
Drum claw solenoid 354-2 341-13
323-4 CRAW_SD_CONT 262-3-4 276-3
SD4
F/G
250-21 262-2-5 276-2 Pre-registration
356-1-2 353-11-1
EL
323-5 PCL_CONT 263-3-4 274-1
323-8 263-2-5 274-2
250-17 Upper limit
220-A8 T1UP_PS
263-1-6 274-3 sensor /1
263-6-1 273-3
5
5
250-22 263-5-2 273-2 Paper feed
482-1-6 473-10-6 470-6-10 220-A14 T1FEED_PS
324-1 24V 263-4-3 273-1
482-2-5 473-11-5 470-5-11
sensor /1
324-2 24V 265-1
482-3-4 473-12-4 470-4-12
324-3 A 250-16 265-2 Handle release
Toner supply motor 482-4-3 473-13-3 470-3-13 220-A7 T1GRIP_PS
324-4 /A 265-3
M11
482-5-2 473-14-2 470-2-14
sensor /1
324-5 B 266-1
482-6-1 473-15-1 470-1-15
324-6 /B 266-2
250-18 Remaining
485-1
220-A9 T1RM_PS
473-4-12 470-12-4 266-3 paper sensor /1
124
228-B5
485-2
485-3 473-5-11 470-11-5 250-10 268-3
228-A4 TONERM_CONT 220-A11 5VA
485-4 473-6-10 470-10-6 250-20 268-2
228-A5 TONERM_CLK 220-A12 T1SIZE_VR
485-5 Paper size VR/1
268-1
M15
130
485-8 473-8-8 470-8-8 Dehumidification
132
250-1 269-1
485-9
15
HTR2
485-10 473-9-7 470-7-9
heater /1
227
250-9 267-2
485-11
6
6
320-A7 RKSD_CONT
267-1 Tray lock solenoid /1
484-1 483-3-1 473-1-15 470-15-1
228-A1 TSEN_CONT 250-8 272-1-2
484-2 483-2-2 473-2-14 470-14-2 320-A6 PUSD_CONT
Toner remaining sensor 228-A2 TONER_SIG 272-2-1 Pick-up solenoid /1
484-3 483-1-3 473-3-13 470-13-3
PZS
228-A3 SGND
250-7 261-1-2
TONER SUPPLY
320-A5 PMC_CONT Pre-registration
261-2-1
clutch /1
250-6 260-1-2
320-A4 FMC_CONT Paper feed 250-24
250-5 260-2-1
F/G
320-A3 24V
F/G
97-1 96-1
clutch /1
226- 1 TKFAN/Lw CONT 264-2
97-2 96-2 250-4
226- 2 TKFAN/Lw EM 320-A2 UPM_CONT
Paper exit cooling fan /Lw1 97-3 96-3 250-3 264-1 Paper lift motor /1
320-A1 24V
SD5 SD8 CL4 CL3 M19
226- 4 PGND
FM13
97-4
226- 3
FAN
98-1 96-4 251-12
220-A17 T2_SET_P
7
7
FM14
98-4 251-23 270-3 sensor /Rr2
220-A20 SGND
220-A21 N.C. 271-1
69-1 99-1
TRAY2
FM15
68-3 99-5 262-1-6 276-1 sensor /2
263-3-4 274-1
67-1 99-6
251-17 263-2-5 274-2 Upper limit
220-A24 T2UP_PS
263-1-6 274-3
8
8
FM17
67-3 99-7 273-3
251-22 263-5-2 273-2 Paper feed
220-B5 T2FEED_PS
263-4-3 273-1 sensor /2
265-1
85-1
251-16 265-2 Handle release
85-3 220-A23 T2GRIP_PS
228-B8 INTFAN1_H/L 265-3 sensor /2
Cooling fan /1 85-2
228-B9 INTFAN1_EM
FM3
85-4 266-1
251-18 266-2 Remaining paper
86-1 220-A25 T2RM_SIG
266-3 sensor /2
86-3
228-B10 INTFAN2_H/L 251-10 268-3
Cooling fan /2 86-2
228-B11 INTFAN2_EM 220-B2 5VA
FM4
86-4 251-20 268-2
220-B3 T2SIZE_VR Paper size VR/2
268-1
PS35 PS36 PS27 PS50 PS21 PS49 PS15 PS37 VR2
179-1-4 173-1-12
179-3-2 251-13 269-2
131
9
9
HTR3
FM6
228-B13 INTFAN3_EM heater /2
179-4-1 173-3-10
251-9 267-2
87-1
320-B3 RKSD_CONT
267-1 Tray lock solenoid /2
Coveyance suction fan 87-2 251-8 272-1-2
228-B14 SFAN_EM 320-B2 PUSD_CONT
FM2
87-3 272-2-1 Pick-up solenoid /2
595-1-3 471-2-8 173-5-8
251-7 261-1-2
471-4-6 173-7-6 320-B! PMC_CONT Pre-registration
222-B7 INTFAN4_H/L 261-2-1
Cooling fan /4 595-2-2 471-3-7 173-6-7 clutch /2
222-B8 INTFAN4_EM
FM12 595-3-1 471-5-5 173-8-5
320-A11 FMC_CONT
251-6 260-1-2
Paper feed 251-24
F/G
320-A8 24V
81-1-3
10
10
81-3-2
252-12
Write unit cooling fan /2 81-2-2 471-1-9 173-4-9 220-B11 T3_SET_P
222-B12 WRFAN2_EM 287-1
FM8
252-14
81-3-1 220-B12 5V2
252-11 287-2 Paper size
220-B13 T3SIZE_PS1
252-23 287-3 sensor /Rr3
93-1-3 172-3-7 220-B14 SGND
288-1
TRAY3
97
400-1 24V1 sensor /3
420-A2 PGND 279-3-4
400-2 12V 276-3
100
420-B8 N.C 279-2-5
400-3 5V 252-21 276-2 Pre-registration
106
420-A3 PGND 220-B23 T3PRE_PS
400-4 SGND 279-1-6 276-1
108
420-B7 FM9_CONT
sensor /3
400-5 SGND
113
280-3-4 274-1
420-A4 PGND
11
11
400-6 PGND
114
252-17 280-2-5 274-2 Upper limit
420-B6 FM8_CONT 220-B18 T3UP_PS
280-1-6 274-3 sensor /3
420-A5 PGND
10
TCT
252-16
420-A8 PGND 220-B17 T3GRIP_PS
282-3 sensor /3
90-3 420-B2 FM4_CONT
Total counter
5
12
12
CN450-8
TS2 462-1 450-3
410-A2 MRL_SIG
L4 442-6 L3_DRV 410-A3 TC_CONT 213-A15 TC_CONT 252-13 307-2
132
Dehumidification
410-A4 TC_24FEM 213-A14 TC_24FEM 252-1 307-1
17
HTR4 heater /3
CN450-4 Fusing heater lamp /1 410-A5 ACV_EM1 213-A13 ACV_EM
Thermostat /1 252-9 285-2
CN450-5 450-1 410-A6 ZERO_CROSS 213-A12 ZERO_CROSS 320-B10 RKSD_CONT
500
L2 440-1 T1_DRV 285-1 Tray lock solenoid /3
410-A7 TH_CONT 213-A11 TH_CONT
502
(T2)
450-2
L3 410-A9 T2_CONT 213-A9 T2_CONT 320-B9 PUSD_CONT
289-2-1 Pick-up solenoid /3
410-A10 T3_CONT 213-A8 T3_CONT
Fusing heater lamp /2
410-A11 L3_CONT 213-A7 L3_CONT 252-7 278-1-2
ACDB (1/2)
213-A3 DH_OPEN
F/G
410-A15 DH_OPEN
(T2) (G)
505
213-A2 AC_ENB
TRC2 TRC2
410-A16 AC_ENB
506
442-8 ACN
13
13
Y
X
V
S
P
U
R
N
Q
O
W
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
Y
X
V
S
P
U
R
N
Q
O
W
410-B1 HFAN1_CONT 213-B17 HFAN1_CONT
410-B2 HFAN2_CONT 213-B16 HFAN2_CONT
410-B3 HFAN_FEM 213-B15 HFAN_FEM
410-B4 HFAN3_CONT 213-B14 HFAN3_CONT 254-1-12 241-3
222-A1 5V
410-B5 HFAN3_FEM 213-B13 HFAN3_FEM 254-8-5 241-2 Paper size
222-A8 BPSIZE_VR
410-B6 SFAN_CONT 213-B12 SFAN_CONT 254-3-10 241-1 VR/BP
222-A3 SGND
213-B11 SFAN_FEM
14
14
410-B7 SFAN_FEM 254-1-7 244-1
213-B10 FM5_CONT
Paper empty
410-B8 FM5_CONT 254-2-11 254-2-6 244-2
213-B9 FM8_CONT 222-A2 BP_0PS sensor /
410-B9 FM8_CONT 254-3-5 244-3
Thermostat /2 410-B10 FAN_FEM 213-B8 FAN_FEM Bypass
242-3
BY-PASS
Fusing heater lamp /3 410-B11 FM9_CONT 213-B7 FM9_CONT
TS2 254-4-9 242-2 Paper size
CN450-8 462-1 450-3 410-B12 NC 213-B6 NC 222-A4 BPSIZE_PS1
242-1
500
L2 440-1 T1_DRV 410-B16 KEY_24FEM 213-B2 KEY_24FEM sensor /Rr4
245-1
502
(T2)
TS1
TRC1
450-2 254-6-7 254-4-4 245-2 Lower limit
L3 222-A6 BPDN_PS
411-1 KEY_SIG 214-11 KEY_SIG 245-3 sensor /Bypass
Fusing heater lamp /2 450-7 411-2 SGND 214-10 SGND 246-1
503
442-1 T2_DRV 411-3 CVM1_SIG 214-9 CVM1_SIG 254-7-6 254-5-3 246-2 Upper limit
(T2)
214-8 CVFEED_SIG 222-A7 BPUP_PS
411-4 CVFEED_SIG 246-3
15
15
sensor /Bypass
(G)
VR4 PS29 PS55 PS56 PS43 PS23
504
440-2 T1_TRIG 411-5 CV_SIZE0 214-7 CV_SIZE0
TRC1
254-9-4 248-1-2
(G)
505
442-2 T2_TRIG 411-6 CV_SIZE1 214-6 CV_SIZE1 322-4 CONT Pick-up solenoid /
TRC2 TRC2
440-6 214-5 CV_SIZE2 254-10-3 248-2-1
411-7 CV_SIZE2 322-3 24V Bypass
507
442-8 ACN 411-8 CV_SIZE3 214-4 CV_SIZE3
450-6 254-11-2 247-1
ACDB (2/2)
506
442-4 ACH 411-9 CVDUP_SIG 214-3 CVDUP_SIG
FUSING UNIT
322-2 TSM_D2
254-12-1 247-2 Bypass tray lift motor
100V SYSTEM
440-3 411-10 OPF0 214-2 OPF0 322-1 TSM_D1
SD11 M22
411-11 OPF1 214-1 OPF1
36-1 M1_SIG
253-7-4 292-3
36-2 CVFEED_SIG 222-A9 5V
253-6-5 292-2
36-3 CV_SIZE0 222-A10 LOOP_PS Loop sensor
253-5-6 292-1
36-4 CV_SIZE1 222-A11 SGND
60A-4 36-5 CV_SIZE2 293-1
35-1 24V 36-6 CV_SIZE3 253-4-7 293-2 Vertical conveyance
Coin
60B-1 60A-2 222-A12 T1PAS_PS
35-2 KEY_SIG 36-7 CVDUP_SIG 293-3
60B-2 60A-1 sensor /1
35-3 SGND
vendor
60A-3 36-8 CPF0 294-3
16
16
35-4 C_DRIVE 36-9 CPF1
KCT
253-3-8
CN60B
CN60A
294-2 Vertical conveyance
35-5 222-B1 T2PAS_PS
Key counter
36-10 PGND 37-7 294-1 sensor /2
37-8 295-1
37-1 NC 253-2-9 295-2 Vertical conveyance
222-B2 T3PAS_PS
37-2 5V 295-3 sensor /3
37-3 TXD 296-1
37-4 OP_RXD 253-1-10 296-2 Door open/close
37-5 S.G. 222-B3 VF_DOOR_PS
296-3 sensor/3
CL10 CL9
322-5 24V
215-B6 TPWM clutch /1
540-18
17
17
215-B9 SGND
540-16
215-B7 2NDM_CLK
540-17 451-1
215-B8 RESIST_SIG 221-1 FIX_SET_P
540-8 451-19
215-A8 REQ1 221-2 5V
540-7 451-13 464-1
215-A7 ACK1 221-3 5V
540-6 451-15 464-2
215-A6 URXD 221-5 FEXIT_PS Fusing exit sensor
540-5 464-3
PS2
215-A5 ERR1 221-9 NC
540-4
215-A4 UCLK 451-14 465-1
540-3 221-4 5V
215-A3 LATCH 451-16 465-2
PS3
540-1
215-A1 DTXD 451-12
221-8 SGND
215-A9 451-10
221-7 FIX_SET_N
215-B1 451-2 466-1-2
223-1 TH1+ TH1
451-3 466-2-1 Thermistor /1
223-2 TH1-
FUSING UNIT
451-4 467-1-3
223-3 TH2+ TH2
18
18
451-5 467-3-1 Thermistor /2
223-4 TH2-
451-6 468-1-4
510-11 S.G.
223-5 TH3+ TH3
510-7 ACK1
510-8 ERR1
510-5 REQ1
451-7 468-3-2 Thermistor /3
223-6 TH3-
510-4 CLK_UP
510-6 TXD_UP
510-2 CLK_DN
510-1 RXD_DN
451-8 469-2-4
510-9 EDGE_PS
223-7 TH4+ TH4
510-10 2NDM_CLK
510-3 ADU_LATCH
451-9 469-4-2 Thermistor /4
223-8 TH4-
451-18 452-3
424-3 WEBM_D1
532-1-3 557-6-1 451-17 452-4
530-1 CONT 527-1 24V2 424-4 WEBM_D2
ADU cooling 532-2-2 557-5-2 451-11 452-1 Web motor
424-1 WEBM_D3
M16
F/G
530-2 EM 527-2 24V2 451-20 452-2
fan /3 532-3-1 557-4-3
527-3 A 185-2 424-2 WEBM_D4
530-3 GND 557-3-4
325-1 24V
593-1-3 Transfer motor 185-5
M9
529-1 ADUFAN_CONT 527-4 /A 325-2 24V
557-2-5
F/G
593-2-2
222
185-1
F/G
ADU cooling 527-5 B 325-3 A
529-2 ADUFAN_EM 557-1-6
fan /1 593-3-1 527-6 /B 185-3 255-1
M6
529-3 PGND 325-4 /A
594-1-3 527-7 185-4 255-2
Loop motor
524-4 ADUFAN2_CONT 325-5 B
127
ADU cooling 594-2-2 185-6
PRCB (2/2)
524-5 ADURAN2_EM 523-1 24V2 325-6 /B 256-1
19
19
fan /2 256-2
524-6 PGND 523-2 24V2 227-10 C1 CONT
578-3 571-3-1 431-1-6 256-3
525-7 5V 523-3 A 422-1 24V 227-9 C2 CONT
578-2 571-2-2 ADU reverse motor 431-2-5
256-4
M7
Reverse sensor 525-9 REV_PS 523-4 /A 422-2 24V 227-8 CPWM
571-1-3
Developing
motor
525-11 SGND 422-3 A 227-7 GPWM
431-4-3 256-6
523-6 /B 422-4 /A
M10
579-1 554-3-1 227-6 B CONT
525-6 5V 559-6-1 431-5-2
256-7
Paper exit
Reverse 554-2-2 528-1 24V2 422-5 B 227-5 B PWM
579-2 559-5-2 431-6-1
conveyance 525-8 REVCR_PS 422-6 /B 256-8
579-3 554-1-3 528-2 24V2 227-4 C EM
PS8
HV1
sensor 525-10 SGND 559-4-3 183-1 256-9
104
525-12 P.GND 528-3 A 183-2
227-3 B FB
Charging
553-3-1
M8
580-3 528-4 A/ 227-2 B (AC) CONT
521-A3 5V 559-2-5 183-3 256-11
ADU reverse 580-2 553-2-2 528-5 B motor 228-A7 DEV_CONT 227-1 B (AC) PWM
183-4
Grid biass
ADUDB
sensor/1 580-1 553-1-3 528-6 B/ 228-A8 DEV__CLK
PS58
521-B8 SGND 183-5
528-7 228-A9 DEV_F/R
183-6
70
M3
581-2 572-2-3 521-B13 5V 228-A11 DEV_H/L
conveyance 521-B6 ADUCR_PS 560-2
572-1-4 183-8
74
581-3 563-2-6 560-3
PS9
sensor 521-B10 SGND 521-A6 2NDM_CONT 563-3-5 560-4 183-9
20
20
75
521-A7 2NDM_CLK
582-1 573-3-1 560-5 183-10
223
521-A15 5V 563-4-4 560-6 210-19 DF_COVER_PS 135-1 DF_COVER
Developing motor
ADU reverse 582-2 573-2-2 521-A8 2NDM_EM Registration motor 183-11
560-7
M12
521-B7 ADURZAN_PS 210-18 SYS_ERR 135-2 ERR
sensor/2 582-3 573-1-3 563-5-3 560-8
521-B11 SGND 521-B14 PGND
563-6-2 560-9 181-1
521-B15 PGND 563-7-1 228-B7 5V
574-3-1 599-3-1 560-10 210-17 P_VV 135-3 P_VV
583-3 521-A1 24V 181-2
ADU 521-A13 5V 560-11 210-16 TN_VV 135-4 TN_VV
583-2 574-2-2 599-2-2 521-A2 N.C. 181-3
deceleration 521-B5 ADUDN_PS 524-1 24V2 228-B2 MAIN_CONT 210-15 APC 135-5 B_VV
583-1 574-1-3 599-1-3 181-4
sensor 521-B9 SGND 524-2 24V2 228-B3 MAIN_CLK 210-14 S_VV 135-6 S_VV
181-5
584-3 575-3-1 524-3 A 228-B4 MAIN_F/R 210-13 BP_SIZE_VR 135-7 TSIG
ADU pre- 521-A5 5V 181-6
M5
584-2 575-2-2 524-4 /A Reverse / exit motor 228-B5 MAIN_EM 210-12 EE_VV 135-8 EE_VV
registration 521-B4 ADUPRE_PS 181-7
M1
584-1 575-1-3 524-5 B 228-B6 MAIN_H/L 210-11 RES_OUT 135-9 PRN_RST
sensor 521-A11 SGND 181-8
71
524-6 /B 210-10 RES_CONT 135-10 RES_CONT
Fusing motor
561-2 181-9
576-1-6
72
Transfer / 585-1 520-B7 TSCLR_D1 Transfer / separation 210-9 SYS_TXD 135-11 RXD
520-B3 5V 561-1 181-10
separation 576-2-5
225
585-2 520-B8 TSCLR_D2 cleaning motor 210-8 S.G. 135-12 GND
520-B2 TSHP_PS 181-11
cleaning home 585-3 576-3-4 592-1
520-B1 SGND 525-3 FIXFAN_CONT 210-7 SYS_CTS 135-13 RTS
sensor 592-2
21
21
171
ADU handle 593-2-1 210-1 S.G. 135-19 GND
587-2 522-1 24V
522-4 ADU_HD 222-B6 POLM_CONT
170 172
release 593-1-2 ADU lock solenoid
587-3 522-3 GATE_CONT
PS10
sensor 522-5 SGND
568-10-1 525-2-1
To Polygon motor
591-1 525-1 24V 177-3-1 480-3
520-A1 DEF_VIDEO 525-1-2 Reverse / exit
591-2 568-9-2 211-1 5V2
520-A2 S.GND 525-2 PREMC_CONT 177-2-2 480-2
591-3 568-8-3
solenoid 211-2 MEXIT_PS Paper exit sensor
520-A3 5VA 177-1-3 480-1
564-2-1 210-3 SGND
591-4 568-7-4 521-A12 24V 170-6-1 81-1-6
520-A4 -5V ADU pre- 306-3 86-1
564-1-2 183-1 211-4 5V2
591-5 568-6-5
125
Centering 520-A5 S.GND 521-A9 ADUMC_CONT registration clutch 170-5-2 81-2-5 86-2
183-2 210-5 DOOR_PS1 Door open / close sensor /1
sensor 591-6 568-5-6 170-4-3 81-3-4
520-A6 SI 86-3
PS1
565-2-1 183-3 210-6 SGND
591-7 568-4-7 520-B14 24V 220-A15 FEEDM_CONT 170-3-4 81-4-3
520-A7 S.GND 565-1-2 Registration clutch 87-1
183-4
22
22
F/G
64
228-A14 DRUM_CONT
135
23
23
HV2
551-10 531-7-1 212-2 R_POM_VR
CN653-10 TEM 526-7 TEM 522-6 5V 361-5
551-11 531-6-2 212-3 R_POM_VS
CN653-11 SEM 526-8 SEM 522-7 JAM_LED1 361-6
550-3 531-5-3 212-4 R_POM_GND
CN652-3 SGND 526-9 SGND 522-8 JAM_LED2 361-10
531-4-4 212-5 R_POM_CONT
RCDB
531-2-6 212-7
522-10JAM_LED5
531-1-7
522-11 SGND
371-1-2
ADU
500-9 AGND
500-8 5V2
500-3 PGND
500-6 SGND
500-5 SGND
500-7 -5V
500-4 5V1
500-2 12V2
500-1 24V2(SD)
501-2 PGND3
501-1 24V3
24
24
M24
217-1 DTXD
217-2 5V
217-3 DCLK
217-4 SGND
217-5 LCT_LATCH
217-6 UCLK
217-7 ERR3
217-8 RXD
217-9 ACK3
217-10 REQ3
218-6 FIN_RTS
218-5 SGND
218-4 FIN_RXD
218-3 FIN_CTS
218-2 SGND
218-1 FIN_TXD
540-9
542-8
542-6
542-5
542-4
542-3
542-2
542-1
541-2
541-1
540-10
Transfer/
RECYCLE CUT
756-1-6
756-2-5
756-3-4
756-4-3
756-5-2
756-6-1
258-9
258-8
258-7
258-6
258-5
258-4
258-3
258-2
258-1
259-2
259-1
753-5
Transfer
18
753-6
Separation
226
133
95
Recycle pump motor
751-1-10
101
751-3-8
107
Crimp
751-4-7
88
751-5-6
25
25
110
Symbol
751-6-5
56
751-7-4 RXD
105
751-8-3 S.GND
112
751-9-2 RTS
751-10-1 TXD
Connector
S.GND
753-4 CTS
115
LU-404
LU-403
753-1
98
753-3
89
753-2
141
FS-604
48
24V2
Relay connector
26
26
Faston
5V2
138
S.GND
139
54
P.GND
76
P.GND
77
F.GND
Z
T
Y
X
V
S
P
U
R
N
Q
O
W
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
17.5 DF
A A
To Main body
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
H
D
C
G
17.6 LU
1
1
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
2
2
Dehumidification
heater
761-1 753-5 750-1
3
3
HTR 101
761-2 753-6 750-2
T2
Transformer/2
753-4
700-2 P_GND 12-19 PGND
753-1
700-1 24V 12-2 24V
753-3
700-4 S-GND 11-11 SGND
753-2
700-3 5V 11-14 5V
4
4
LU-404
CN723-1 UPDWM_D1
LU-403
749-2-1
749-1-2
5
5
LUDB
Paper lift motor
CN721-8 S_GND
715-1
741-3
741-2 773-6-5
Main body
302-10 24V
747-2 773-3-8 CN720-10 24V
Front door open/close sensor CN721-6 SIDOP_PS
747-3 CN720-11 24V
748-1 773-2-9
CN721-7 DW_SW
6
6
746-1
CN721-9 5V
746-2
Upper door open/close sensor CN721-10 UPOP_PS
746-3
CN721-11 S_GND
765-1-2
CN721-12 24V
Feed clutch 765-2-1
CN721-13 CONVMC_CONT
766-1-2
CN721-14 24V
Pre-registration clutch 766-2-1
CN721-15 PREMC_CONT
SD100
771-1
774-2
7
7
8
8
Crimp
Symbol
Connector
9
9
Relay connector
Faston
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
H
D
C
G
CN170-1 CN1-A1 24V CN4-A1 24V CN100-2
CN4-A3 5V CN8-1 M1 24V
17.7 FS
Folding blade CN170-2 CN1-A2 24V CN4-A2 24V CN100-5
CN4-A2 PS2IN CN8-2 M1 24V
PS22 CN170-3 CN1-A3 24V CN4-A3 24V CN100-1
CN4-A1 GND CN8-3 M1 DRVA
M1
home sensor CN1-A4 24V CN4-A4 24V CN100-3 FS conveyance motor
CN8-4 M1 DRVA
CN1-A5 NC CN4-A5 NC CN100-4
CN8-5 M1 DRVB
Saddle stiching CN171-1 3 CN190-1 CN1-A6 PGND CN4-A6 PGND CN100-6
CN4-A6 5V CN8-6 M1 DRVB
CN171-2 2 CN190-2 CN1-A7 PGND CN4-A7 PGND
stopper home PS23 CN4-A5 PS23IN
CN171-3 1 CN190-3 CN1-A8 PGND CN4-A8 PGND CN101-1
CN4-A4 GND CN8-7 M8 24V
CN1-A9 PGND CN4-A9 PGND CN101-2 Paper exit motor
M8
sensor CN1-A10 M13CLK CN4-A10M13CLK CN8-8 M8 DRV
CN172-1 3 CN191-4 CN1-A11 M13RESET CN4-A11 M13RESET
CN4-A9 5V
Alignment home CN172-2 2 CN191-5 CN1-A12 SD51CONT CN4-A12 SD51CONT
PS24 CN4-A8 PS24IN CN102-2
CN172-3 1 CN191-6 CN1-A13 M4DRVA CN4-A13 M4DRVA CN10-1 M2 24V
CN4-A7 GND
1
1
sensor /Lw CN1-A14 M4DRVA CN4-A14 M4DRVA CN102-1 Shift roller motor
M2
CN10-2 M2 DRV
CN1-A15 M4DRVB CN4-A15 M4DRVB FS-604 only
CN1-A16 M4DRVB CN4-A16 M4DRVB CN110
CN173-1 6 CN191-1 CN1-A17 M5DRVA CN4-A17 M5DRVA CN10-3 SD4 24V 1 2
CN4-A12 5V 2 1 Paper exit opening solenoid
Folding paper CN173-2 5 CN191-2 CN1-A18 M5DRVA CN4-A18 M5DRVA CN10-4 SD4 DRV SD2
PS25 CN4-A11 PS25IN
CN173-3 4 CN191-3 CN1-A19 M5DRVB CN4-A19 M5DRVB
exit sensor CN4-A10 GND
CN1-A20 M5DRVB CN4-A20 M5DRVB
CN1-B1 SG CN4-B1 SG SD4 Paper exit opening solenoid
CN174-1 3 CN193-1 CN1-B2 SG CN4-B2 SG CN1-B9 CN103
CN4-B3 5V 3 4
Folding passage CN174-2 2 CN193-2 CN1-B3 SG CN4-B3 SG CN1-B8 M21 DRVB
M21
CN1-B6 5V CN4-B6 5V CN1-B5 M21 DRVA
CN1-B7 M11DRVA CN4-B7 M11DRVA 5 2
CN1-B4 M21 24V
CN175-1 1 CN194-2 CN1-B8 M11DRVA CN4-B8 M11DRVA 6 1
5V CN4-B6 5V CN1-B3 M21 24V
CN1-B9 M11DRVB CN4-B9 M11DRVB
Folding full LED LED29 CN175-3 2 CN1-B10 M11DRVB CN4-B10 M11DRVB CN104-1
GND CN194-1 CN4-B4 GND CN1-A1 M7 5V
CN1-B11 M6DRVA CN4-B11 M6DRVA CN104-2
CN1-A2 M7 SG
CN1-B12 M6DRVA CN4-B12 M6DRVA CN104-3
CN1-A3 M7 P/S
CN1-B13 M6DRVB CN4-B13 M6DRVB CN104-4
CN1-A4 M7 CLK
GND CN176-3 CN9-1 PS29IN CN1-B14 M6DRVB CN4-B14 M6DRVB CN104-5
Folding full CN1-A5 M7 F/R
CN1-B15 M9CONT CN4-B15 M9CONT CN104-6
CN1-A6 M7 LD
M7
PS29 CN176-1 CN1-B16 M9F/R CN4-B16 M9F/R CN104-7 Paper exit roller motor
sensor SIG CN9-2 GND CN1-A7 M7 H/L
CN1-B17 M51 CONT CN4-B17 M51 CONT CN104-8
CN1-A8 M7 PGND
CN1-B18 M14CONT CN4-B18 M14CONT CN104-9
CN1-A9 M7 PGND
CN150-1-6 CN7-A1 24V CN1-B19 M14F/R CN4-B19 M14F/R CN104-10
CN150-2-5 CN1-B20 FM1 CONT CN4-B20 FM1 CONT(SUB) CN1-B1 M7 24V
CN7-A2 24V CN104-11
CN150-3-4 CN2-A1 PS5IN CN5-A1 PS5IN CN1-B2 M7 24V
CN7-A3 DRVA
Alignment motor /Lw CN150-4-3 CN7-A4 DRVA CN2-A2 PS8IN CN5-A2 PS8IN CN141
M16
CN150-5-2 CN7-A5 DRVB CN2-A3 PS9IN CN5-A3 PS9IN 1 4 CN120-1
CN150-6-1 CN2-A4 PS11IN CN5-A4 PS11IN CN12-A1 PS1 5V
CN7-A6 DRVB 2 3 CN120-2
CN2-A5 PS13IN CN5-A5 PS13IN CN12-A7 PS1 IN PS 1 Sub tray paper exit sensor
3 2
2
2
CN120-3
CN151-2 CN2-A6 PS14IN CN5-A6 PS14IN CN12-B1 PS1 GND
CN7-A7 24V
CN151-5 CN7-A8 24V CN2-A7 PS20IN CN5-A7 PS20IN
CN142
Saddle stiching CN151-4 CN7-A9 DRVA CN2-A8 F_CHP CN5-A8 F_CHP 1 3 CN121-1
CN151-6 CN2-A9 R_CHP CN5-A9 R_CHP CN12-A2 PS4 5V 2 2
CN7-A10DRVA CN121-2
M18
stopper motor CN151-3 CN7-A11 DRVB CN2-A10 M51F/R CN5-A10 M51F/R CN12-A8 PS4 IN 3 1 PS 4 FS entrance sensor
CN121-3
CN151-1 CN7-A12 DRVB CN2-A11 FS505SET CN5-A11 FS505SET CN12-B2 PS4 GND
CN2-B1 M13CONT CN5-B1 M13CONT
CN2-B2 F_LS CN5-B2 F_LS CN122-1
CN12-A3 PS12 5V
Folding blade CN152-1 CN7-A13 24V CN2-B3 F_DHP CN5-B3 F_DHP CN122-2
CN12-A9 PS12 IN PS12 Paper exit home sensor
CN152-2 CN7-A14 DRV CN2-B4 F_CS CN5-B4 F_CS CN122-3
M19
CN2-B5 F_LST
CN12-B3 PS12 GND
motor CN5-B5 F_LST
CN153-1 CN7-B1 5V CN2-B6 PZ_PSIN CN5-B6 PZ_PSIN (F_CD)
CN123-1
CN153-7 CN7-B2 M20BLK CN2-B7 R_LS CN5-B7 R_LS CN12-A4 PS16 5V
CN123-2
CN153-3 CN7-B3 M20CONT CN2-B8 R_DHP CN5-B8 R_DHP CN12-A10 PS16 IN PS16 Gate home sensor
CN153-4 CN2-B9 R_CS CN5-B9 R_CS
CN123-3
CN7-B4 M20CLK CN12-B4 PS16 GND
CN153-6 CN7-B5 M20PLL CN2-B10 R_LST CN5-B10 R_LST
Folding transfer CN140
CN153-5 CN7-B6 M20F/R CN2-B11 FAN_LD CN5-B11 FAN_LD (R_CD) 1 3 CN124-1
CN12-A5 PS19 5V
M20
motor CN153-10 CN7-B7 24V CN144 2 2 CN124-2
CN153-11 4 CN12-A11 PS19 IN PS19 Sub tray paper full sensor
CN7-B8 24V CN22- 1 3 1 CN124-3
CN153-8 3 CN12-B5 PS19 GND
CN7-B9 P.GND CN22- 2
CN153-9 CN7-B10 P.GND 2
CN22- 3 CN105
CN153-2 CN7-B11 S.GND 1
4 3
CN22- 4 CN12-B12 M12 DRVB
CN160-1-2 2 5
Tri-folding gate CN7-B13 24V CN22- 5 CN12-B11 M12 DRVB
CN160-2-1 3 4
CN7-B14 SD6CONT CN12-B10 M12 DRVA Gate motor
SD6
CN22- 6
M12
solenoid 1 6
CN12-B9 M12 DRVA
6 1
CN22- 7 CN12-B8 M12 24V
5 2
CN22- 8 CN12-B7 M12 24V
RB
CN146-1
A
Side stitch stopper CN22- 9
CN146-2 CN125-1
B
SD7 CN22-10 CN11-1 PS6 5V
solenoid/Fr CN125-2
CN22-11 CN11-4 PS6 IN PS 6 Main tray paper exit sensor
3
3
CN125-3
CN11-7 PS6 GND
CN3-A1 NC CN9-A1 SUBIN5PI (NC) CN152
CN147-1 CN3-A2 SD6CONT CN9-A2 SD6CONT 1 3
C
Side stitch stopper CN126-1
CN147-2 CN12-A6 PS100 5V
CN3-A3 PS22IN CN9-A3 PS22IN 2 2
D
SD8 CN126-2
CN12-A12 PS100 IN
FS-604 only
solenoid/Rr CN3-A4 PS23IN CN9-A4 PS23IN 3 1 CN126-3 PS100 Paper exit home sensor / 2
CN3-A5 PS24IN CN9-A5 PS24IN CN12-B6 PS100 GND
CN154-1-6 CN3-A6 PS25IN CN9-A6 PS25IN
CN5-A1 24V
CN154-2-5 CN3-A7 PS26IN CN9-A7 PS26IN CN11-2
CN5-A2 24V
CN154-5-2 CN3-A8 PS29IN CN9-A8 PS29IN CN11-5
Clincher rotation CN5-A3 DRVA
CN154-6-1 CN11-8
M4
CN5-A4 DRVA CN3-A9 PS30IN CN9-A9 PS30IN
motor CN154-3-4 CN3-A10 SGND CN9-A10 BMSET
CN5-A5 DRVB
CN154-4-3 CN3-A11 M16DRVA CN9-A11 M16DRVA CN127-1
CN5-A6 DRVB
M11
motor CN155-3-4 CN106-1
CN5-A11 DRVB CN3-B3 NC CN9-B3 SUBOUT3 (NC) CN2-11 5V
CN155-4-3 CN3-B4 M18MODE CN9-B4 M18MODE CN106-2
CN5-A12 DRVB CN2-10 SGND
CN106-3
CN3-B5 M18CLK CN9-B5 M18CLK CN2-9 M3 CONT
CN3-B6 M18RESET CN9-B6 M18RESET CN106-4
CN2-8 M3 CLK
CN9-B7 M18F/R CN106-5
CN200-2 CN3-B7 M18F/R CN2-7 M3 F/R
CN3-B8 M18CONT1 CN9-B8 M18CONT1 CN106-6
CN200-1 CN2-6 M3 LD Main tray lift motor
M3
CN106-7
CN3-B9 M18CONT2 CN9-B9 M18CONT2 CN2-5 M3 H/L
CN3-B10 M20BLK CN9-B10 M20CONT (BLK) CN106-8
CN177-3 CN5-A13 SGND CN2-4 PGND
Clincher rotation CN3-B11 M20CONT CN9-B11 M20CONT CN106-9
home sensor
PS14 CN177-2
CN177-1
CN5-A14 PS14IN
CN5-A15 5V
CN3-B12 M20CLK
CN3-B13 M20PLL
CN9-B12 M20CLK
CN9-B13 M20PLL
CN2-3 PGND
CN2-2 24V
CN2-1 24V
CN106-10
CN106-11
TRAY
CN3-B14 M20F/R CN9-B14 M20F/R
CN178-4 CN5-B8 24V CN145 CN20- 1
CN178-3 4 1 CN20- 2
A
CN5-B9 24V CN14- 1 SD7 24V
CN178-2 3 2
4
CN20- 3
4
B
CN5-B10 M15DRV2
M15
CN178-1 CN14- 2 SD7 DRV
2 3
C
Clincher motor /Fr CN5-B11 M15DRV2 CN14- 3 SD8 24V CN130-1
CN178-5 1 4 CN2-14 PS3 5V
D
CN5-B1 SGND CN14- 4 SD8 DRV CN130-2
F_ CN178-6 CN2-13 PS3 IN
CN5-B2 F_CHP-IN CN130-3 PS 3 Main tray lower limit sensor
CHP CN178-7 CN5-B3 5V CN157 CN2-12 PS3 GND
6 1 CN131-1
CN6-A1 24V CN3-1 PS2 5V
CN179-4 5 2 CN131-2
CN5-B12 24V CN6-A2 24V CN3-4 PS2 IN
CN179-3 4 3 Alignment CN131-3
PS 2 Main tray upper limit sensor
CN5-B13 24V CN6-A3 DRVA CN3-7 PS2 GND
3 4
M5
CN179-2 CN5-B14 M10DRV2 CN6-A4 DRVA
M10
CN179-1 CN6-A5 DRVB 2 5 motor /Up
Clincher motor /Rr CN5-B15 M10DRV2 CN132-1
CN179-5 CN6-A6 DRVB 1 6 CN3-2 PS7 5V Stapler paper exit
CN5-B4 SGND CN132-2
R_ CN179-6 CN3-5 PS7 IN PS 7
FS-604 only
CN5-B5 R_CHP-IN CN132-3
FSCB
CHP CN179-7 CN3-8 PS7 GND upper limit sensor
CN5-B6 5V
CN195-4-6 CN183-1
CN6-A9 5V Alignment CN133-1
CN195-5-5 CN183-2 CN3-3 PS15 5V
CN6-A8 PS8IN PS 8 CN133-2
CN195-6-4 CN183-3 home sensor /Up CN3-6 PS15 IN PS15 Counter reset sensor
CN6-A7 GND CN133-3
CN3-9 PS15 GND
CN195-1-9 CN184-1 CN111
CN6-A12 5V Paper exit belt CN16- 1
CN195-2-8 CN184-2 2 1
CN6-A11 PS9IN PS 9 CN16- 2 CN3-10 SD5 24V
CN195-3-7 CN184-3 1 2
CN180-11 CN6-A10 GND home sensor CN16- 3 CN3-11 SD5 DRV SD5 Bypass gate solenoid
CN8-A1 M9DRV1
CN180-12 CN8-A2 M9DRV1 CN195-7-3 CN185-1 CN16- 4
CN180-8 CN6-A15 5V Stacker empty
M9
CN8-A3 M9DRV2 CN195-8-2 CN185-2 CN16- 5
CN180-9 CN6-A14 PS20IN PS20
CN8-A4 M9DRV2 CN195-9-1 CN185-3 CN16- 6
CN180-6 CN6-A13 GND sensor
CN8-A5 5V
R_LS CN180-3 CN8-A6 R_LS CN16-9 CN43- 1 M106CONT CN491-14 CN491-2
Stapler motor /Rr CN401-A14 M106CONT
R_DHP CN180-5 CN8-A7 R_DHP-IN CN491-15 CN491-1
CN16-8 CN43- 2 M106F/R CN401-A15 M106F/R
CN180-2 CN8-A8 R_CS CN198-1-3 CN186-1 CN492-2 CN492-13
CN6-B3 5V CN16-7 CN43- 3 TU-OUT1-1 CN401-A17 TU-OUT1-1
R_CST CN180-4 CN8-A9 R_CST-IN CN198-2-2 CN186-2 Stacker CN492-3 CN492-12
CN6-B2 PS5IN PS 5 CN43- 4 TU-OUT1-2 CN401-A18 TU-OUT1-2
CN180-1 CN8-A10 R_CD CN198-3-1 CN186-3 CN493-11 CN493-11
CN180-7 CN6-B1 GND entrance sensor CN43- 5 N.C. CN401-B20 N.C.
CN8-A11 S.GND CN43- 6 N.C(SUBOUT4) CN493-10 CN493-10
CN401-B19 SUBOUT4
CN21- 1 CN492-7 CN492-8
5
5
M6
CN8-A15 DRVA home sensor
CN156-3-4 CN21- 5 CN42- 4 CN401-B17
CN8-A16 DRVB
CN156-4-3 CN158-1 CN42- 5
CN8-A17 DRVB CN6-B10 24V
CN158-6 CN41-A1 M101CONT CN491-1 CN491-15
CN6-B11 24V CN401-A1 M101CONT
CN158-2 Stacker entrance CN41-A2 M101CLK CN491-2 CN491-14
CN6-B12 DRVA CN401-A2 M101CLK
TUDB
M13
CN181-11 CN158-4 motor CN82- 1 CN491-4 CN491-12
CN8-B1 M14DRV1 CN6-B14 DRVB CN41-A4 M101PLL CN401-A4 M101PLL
CN181-12 CN158-5 CN82- 2 CN491-5 CN491-11
CN8-B2 M14DRV1 CN6-B15 DRVB CN41-A5 M102CONT CN401-A5 M102CONT
CN181-8 CN8-B3 M14DRV2 CN82- 3 CN491-6 CN491-10
CN41-A6 M102F/R
M14
CN181-9 CN401-A6 M102F/R
CN8-B4 M14DRV2 CN82- 4 CN491-7 CN491-9
CN41-A7 M103DRVA CN401-A7 M103DRVA
CN181-6 CN8-B5 5V CN82- 5 CN491-8 CN491-8
CN41-A8 M103DRV/A CN401-A8 M103DRV/A
F_LS CN181-3 CN8-B6 F_LS CN82- 6 CN491-9 CN491-7
Stapler motor /Fr CN181-5 CN41-A9 M103DRVB CN401-A9 M103DRVB
F_DHP CN8-B7 F_DHP-IN CN82- 7 CN491-10 CN491-6
CN181-2 CN41-A10 M103DRV/B CN401-A10 M103DRV/B
CN8-B8 F_CS CN82- 8 CN41-A11 M104CONT CN491-11 CN491-5
CN181-4 CN401-A11 M104CONT
F_CST CN8-B9 F_CST-IN CN82- 9 CN41-A12 M105CONT CN491-12 CN491-4
CN181-1 CN401-A12 M105CONT
CN8-B10 F_CD CN82-10 CN41-A13 M101F/R CN491-13 CN491-3
CN181-7 CN401-A13 M101F/R
CN8-B11 S.GND CN82-11 CN41-A14 TU_S_IN1-2 CN492-4 CN492-11
CN401-A19 TU_S_IN1-2
CN82-12 CN41-A15 N.C(SUBIN2) CN492-6 CN492-9
CN112-1 CN401-B1 N.C.
CN10-1 M51_DRV1 CN41-B1 PS101IN CN493-9 CN493-9
CN182-1 Paper assist CN401-B18 PS101IN
Stapler rotation CN8-B15 5V CN10-2 PZ_PSIN CN41-B2 PS102IN CN492-8 CN492-7
CN182-2 CN112-2 CN401-B3 PS102IN
M51
PS13 CN8-B16 PS13IN CN10-3 M51_DRV2 motor CN41-B3 PS103IN CN492-9 CN492-6
CN182-3 CN401-B4 PS103IN
home sensor CN8-B17 GND CN10-4 FAN_DRV CN84- 1 CN41-B4 PS104IN CN492-10 CN492-5
CN401-B5 PS104IN
CN10-5 FAN_LD CN84- 2 CN41-B5 PS105IN CN492-11 CN492-4
CN113 CN401-B6 PS105IN
CN10-6 FAN_H/L CN41-B6 PS106IN CN492-12 CN492-3
21 CN401-B7 PS106IN
FS-604 only CN10-7 SD_24V Paper assist CN41-B7 PS110IN CN493-1 CN493-1
12 SD51 CN401-B10 PS110IN
CN10-8 SD_DRV CN41-B8 PS111IN CN493-2 CN493-2
solenoid CN401-B11 PS111IN
CN492-14 CN492-1
6
6
MS1
open/close switch
FA 1B
FA 1A
Main body
CN106-6 XRTS1 CN752-1 CN752-6 CN7-6 XRTS1
CN51-A5 MPI_DRV_SEL CN231-A11 A9 CN52-A9 MPI_DRV_SEL
CN51-A6 MPI_M_CONT CN231-A10 A10 CN52-A10 MPI_M_CONT
CN51-A7 MPI_M_F/R CN231-A9 A11 CN52-A11 MPI_M_F/R
7
7
8
8
Crimp
CN33-B11 CD0 CN62-A14 PS301 CN63-A14 PS301
Symbol
CN62-B17 CPU_RXD
Faston
H
D
C
G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
H
D
C
G
17.8 PI
1
1
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
2
2
PI INTERLOCK MS
MS201
CN200-1
CN57-1 5V
CN57-2 NC
CN200-3
CN57-3 M203 P/S
CN200-4
CN57-4 M203 CLK
CN200-5
CN231-A19 CN231-A1 CN57-5 M203 F/R
CN52-1 24V CN52-A1 24V CN200-6
CN231-A18 CN231-A2 CN57-6 M203 LD M203 PI CONVEYANCE MOTOR
CN52-2 24V CN52-A2 24V
CN231-A17 CN231-A3 CN57-7 NC
CN52-5 PG CN52-A3 PG CN200-8
CN231-A16 CN231-A4 CN57-8 PG
CN52-6 PG CN52-A4 PG CN200-9
CN231-A15 CN231-A5 CN57-9 PG
CN52-3 5V CN52-A5 5V CN200-10
CN231-A14 CN231-A6 CN57-10 24V
CN51-A1 5V CN52-A6 5V CN200-11
CN231-A13 CN231-A7 CN57-11 24V
CN52-4 SG CN52-A7 SG
CN51-A16 SG CN231-A12 CN231-A8
CN52-A8 SG
3
CN231-A11 CN231-A9
3
CN51-A5 MPI_DRV_SEL CN52-A9 MPI_DRV_SEL CN201-1
CN231-A10 CN231-A10 CN54-5 MC201 24V
CN51-A6 MPI_M_CONT CN52-A10 MPI_M_CONT CN201-2 CL201 CONVEYANCE CLUTCH/Up
CN231-A9 CN231-A11 CN54-6 MC201 DRV
CN51-A7 MPI_M_F/R CN52-A11 MPI_M_FR
CN51-A 8 MPI_SD_CONT CN231-A8 CN231-A12
CN52-A12 MPI_SD_CONT
CN231-A7 CN231-A13 CN54-7 MC203 24V CN207-1
CN51-A 9 MPI_MC_CONT CN52-A13 MPI_MC_CONT
CN231-A6 CN231-A14 CN54-8 MC203 DRV CN207-2 CL203 REGISTRATION CLUTCH
CN51-A10 M203 P/S CN52-A14 M203 P/S
CN51-A11 M203 CLK CN231-A5 CN231-A15
CN52-A15 M203 CLK
CN51-A12 NC CN231-A4 CN231-A16 CN202-1
CN52-A16 M203 NC CN54-3 SD201 24V
CN51-A13 M203 LD CN231-A3 CN231-A17 CN202-2 SD201 SHEET FEED SOLENOID/Up
CN52-A17 M203 LD CN54-4 SD201 DRV
CN51-A14 M203 F/R CN231-A2 CN231-A18
CN52-A18 M203 F/R
FNSCB
CN51-B1 MPI_S_IN1_1 CN231-B19 CN231-B1
CN251-1
CN52-B1 MPI_S_IN1_1 CN55-A1 PS201 5V
CN51-B2 MPI_S_IN1_2 CN231-B18 CN231-B2
CN203-2
CN52-B2 MPI_S_IN1_2 CN55-A9 PS201 IN
CN51-B3 MPI_S_IN2_1 CN231-B17 CN231-B3
CN251-3
PS201 PI PASSAGE SENSOR/Up
CN52-B3 MPI_S_IN2_1 CN55-B5 PS201 SG
CN51-B4 MPI_S_IN2_2 CN231-B16 CN231-B4
CN52-B4 MPI_S_IN2_2
CN51-B5 MPI_S_OUT1_1 CN231-B15 CN231-B5
CN52-B5 MPI_S_OUT1_1
CN51-B6 MPI S_OUT1_2 CN231-B14 CN231-B6 CN235-1 CN235-15 CN252-1
CN52-B6 MPI_S_OUT1_2 CN55-A2 PS202 5V
CN51-B7 MPI_S_OUT2_1 CN231-B13 CN231-B7 CN235-6 CN235-10 CN252-2
CN52-B7 MPI_S_OUT2_1 CN55-A10 PS202 IN PS202 NO SHEET SENSOR/Up
CN51-B8 MPI_S_OUT2_2 CN231-B12 CN231-B8 CN235-11 CN235-5 CN252-3
CN52-B8 MPI_S_OUT2_2 CN55-B6 PS202 SG
CN51-B9 MPI_OBOUT1_1 CN231-B11 CN231-B9
CN52-B9 MPI_OBOUT1_1
CN51-B10 MPI_OBOUT1_2 CN231-B10 CN231-B10 CN235-2 CN235-14 CN253-1
4
4
CN55-A6 NC
CN55-B2 NC
CN55-B10 NC
CN235-5 CN235-11 CN291-1
CN55-A7 VR201 5V
CN235-10 CN235-6 CN291-2
CN55-B3 VR201 IN VR201 SHEET SIZE VR/Up
CN235-15 CN235-1 CN291-3
CN55-B11 VR201 SG
CN55-B2 NC
CN55-B4 NC
CN55-B12 NC
5
5
PIDB
CN56-4 SD202 DRV
CN256-1
CN53-A1 PS206 5V
CN256-2
CN53-A11 PS206 IN PS206 PI PASSAGE SENSOR/Lw
CN256-3
CN53-B 6 PS206 SG
CN237-1 CN237-3 CN259-1
CN53-A4 PS209 5V
CN237-2 CN237-2 CN259-2
CN53-A14 PS209 IN PS209 TRAY UPPER LIMIT SENSOR/Lw
CN237-3 CN237-1 CN259-3
CN53-B9 PS209 SG
6
6
CN53-A6 PS211 NC
CN53-B1 PS211 NC
CN53-B11 PS211 NC
CN53-A8 PS213 NC
CN53-B3 PS213 NC
CN53-B13 PS213 NC
7
7
CN53-A10 NC
CN53-B5 NC
CN53-B15 NC
CN232-1 CN299-1
CN58-1 5V
CN232-2 CN299-2
CN58-2 LED1
CN232-3 CN299-3
CN58-3 LED2
CN232-4 CN299-4
CN58-4 LED3
CN232-5 CN299-5
CN58-5 LED4
CN232-6 CN299-6
CN58-6 LED5
CN232-7 CN299-7
CN58-7 LED6
PIOB
CN232-8 CN299-8
CN58-8 LED7
CN232-9 CN299-9
CN58-9 SW201 IN
CN232-10 CN299-10
CN58-10 SW202 IN
CN232-11 CN299-11
CN58-11 SW203 IN
CN232-12 CN299-12
CN58-12 SG
8
8
Crimp
Symbol
Connector
9
9
Relay connector
Faston
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
H
D
C
1
1
17.9 PK-503/504
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
2
2
3
3
CN62-A 1 5V CN63-A 1 5V
CN62-A 2 5V CN63-A 2 5V
CN62-A 3 CN63-A 3 OUT-1
CN62-A 4 CN63-A 4 OUT-2
CN62-A 5 CN63-A 5 OUT-3
CN62-A 6 CN63-A 6 OUT-4
CN62-A 7 CN63-A 7 OUT-5 CN551-1
CN65-1 M801 DRV1
CN62-A 8 CN63-A 8 OUT-6 CN551-2 M801 PUNCH MOTOR
CN65-2 M801 DRV2
CN62-A 9 CN63-A 9 OUT-7
4
4
FNSCB
CN65-3 PS801 5V
CN62-B 7 SIG_3 CN63-B 7 CN501-2
CN65-4 PS801 IN PS801 PUNCH HOME SENSOR
CN62-B 8 SIG_4 CN63-B 8 CN501-3
CN65-5 PS801 SG
CN62-B 9 SIG_5 CN63-B 9
CN62-B10 SIG_6 CN63-B10
CN62-B11 SIG_7 CN63-B11
CN62-B12 SIG_8 CN63-B12
CN62-B13 SIG_9 CN63-B13
CN62-B14 SIG_10 CN63-B14
CN62-B15 M801CONT CN63-B15
CN62-B16 M801F/R CN63-B16
CN62-B17 N.C. CN63-B17 N.C.
CN62-B18 N.C. CN63-B18 N.C.
CN62-B19 SG CN63-B19 SG
CN62-B20 SG CN63-B20 SG
5
5
CN504-1
CN66-2 PS804 5V PUNCH SCRAPS
CN504-2
CN66-5 PS804 IN PS804
CN504-3 BOX SET SENSOR
CN66-8 PS804 SG
CN66-3 5V NC
CN66-6 IN NC
CN66-9 SG NC
CN531-3 CN531-1 CN502-1
CN66-1 PS802 5V PUNCH SCRAPS
CN531-2 CN531-2 CN502-2
CN66-4 PS802 IN PS802
CN531-1 CN531-3 CN502-3 FULL SENSOR
CN66-7 PS802 SG
PDB
6
6
CN158-3
CN69-1 24V
CN158-9
CN69-2 24V
CN158-1
CN69-3 M802 DRVA
CN158-5 M802 PUNCH SHIFT MOTOR
CN69-4 M802 DRVA
CN158-7
CN69-5 M802 DRVB
CN158-11
CN69-6 M802 DRVB
CN505-1
CN67-1 PS803 5V
CN505-2
CN67-2 PS803 IN PS803 PUNCH SHIFT HP SENSOR
7
7
CN505-3
CN67-3 PS803 SG
8
8
Crimp
Symbol
Connector
9
9
Relay connector
I Faston
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
H
D
C
G
17.10PK-505
1
1
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
2
2
3
3
CN62-A 1 5V CN63-A 1 5V
4
4
FNSCB
CN62-B 6 SIG_2 CN63-B 6 SIG_2
CN62-B 7 SIG_3 CN63-B 7 SIG_3 CN502-1
CN67-3 5V
CN62-B 8 SIG_4 CN63-B 8 SIG_4 CN502-2 PUNCH SCRAPS
CN67-2 SUBIN1 PS302
CN62-B 9 SIG_5 CN63-B 9 SIG_5 CN502-3 FULL SENSOR
CN67-1 SG
CN62-B10 SIG_6 CN63-B10 SIG_6
CN62-B11 SIG_7 CN63-B11 SIG_7
CN62-B12 SIG_8 CN63-B12 SIG_8
CN62-B13 SIG_9 CN63-B13 SIG_9
CN62-B14 SIG_10 CN63-B14 SIG_10
CN62-B15 M301CONT CN63-B15 N.C.
CN62-B16 M301F/R CN63-B16 N.C.
CN62-B17 N.C. CN63-B17 N.C.
5
5
CN503-1
PDB
CN66-6 PS304 5V
6
6
CN505-1
CN66-3 PS302 5V
CN505-2 PUNCH SHIFT HP SENSOR
CN66-2 PS302 IN PS303
CN505-3
CN66-1 PS302 SG
CN552-3
CN69-1 24V CN552-9
CN69-2 24V CN552-1
CN69-3 DRVA CN552-5 M302 PUNCH SHIFT MOTOR
CN69-4 DRVA CN552-7
CN69-5 DRVB CN552-11
CN69-6 DRVB
7
7
CN67-12 PS303 5V
CN67-11 PS303 IN
CN67-10 PS303 SG
8
8
Crimp
Symbol
Connector
9
9
Relay connector
Faston
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
H
D
C
G
17.11ZU
AC CODE
CN53- 3/1
CN7- 9 M10-24V
CN53- 1/3
CN7- 10 M10-DRV Conveyance motor cooling fan
CN53- 2/2
M10
CN3- 8 M10-EM
1
1
CN7- 11 24VDRV
CN7- 12 DRVSPR
CN32- 4 CN42- 1
CN5- B1 M2 24V
CN32- 5 CN42- 6
CN5- B2 M2 A
CN32- 6 CN42- 4
CN5- B3 M2 A
CN32-13 CN42- 2 1st stopper motor
CN5- B4 M2 24V
M2
CN32-14 CN42- 5
CN5- B5 M2 B
CN32-15 CN42- 3
CN5- B6 M2 B
AC INRET
CN5- B8 M3 A
FT2
FT3
FT1
CN32- 9 CN74- 3/11 CN43- 6
CN5- B9 M3 A
CN32-16 CN74- 4/10 CN43- 2 2nd stopper motor
CN5-B10 M3 24V
M3
CN32-17 CN74- 5/9 CN43- 3
CN5-B11 M3 B
CN32-18 CN74- 6/8 CN43- 1
CN6-B12 M3 B
RT1 CN30- 1 CN46- 5
CN8- 1 M6 24V
CN30- 2 CN46- 4
CN5- 6 M6 B-
FT5
FT4
CN30- 3 CN46- 6
CN8- 5 M6 B
CN30- 4 CN46- 2 Conveyance motor
CN8- 4 M6 24V
M6
CN30- 5 CN46- 3
CN8- 3 M6 A-
CN30- 6 CN46- 1
CN8- 2 M6 A
CBR2
CBR1
CN32- 1 CN41- 1
CN5- A7 M1 24V
CN32- 2 CN41- 3
CN5-A12 M1 B-
FT7
FT6
CN32- 3 CN41- 4
2
2
CN5-A11 M1 B
CN32-10 CN41- 2 Registration motor
CN5-A10 M1 24V
Circuit breaker/2
Circuit breaker/1
M1
CN32-11 CN41- 5
CN5- A9 M1 A-
CN32-12 CN41- 6
CN5- A8 M1 A
CN45- 5
CN5- A1 M5 24V
FT9
FT8
CN45- 4
CN5- A2 M5 A
CN45- 6
CN5- A3 M5 A
4
3
CN45- 2 Punch shift motor
CN5- A4 M5 24V
M5
CN45- 3
CN5- A5 M5 B
NF
CN45- 1
2
1
CN5- A6 M5 B
Noise filter
FT11
FT10
CN47- 1
CN7- 7 M7-24V
CN47- 2 Punch scraps conveyance motor
CN7- 8 M7-DRV
M7
RT4 RT5
Power relay/1
RL/1
FT13
FT12
FT16
A
C
FT17
CN39- 9/6 CN52- 2
CN7- 5 MC1-24V
CN39-10/5 CN52- 1 Punch clutch
3
3
FT18 CN7- 6 MC1-DRV
CL1
B
D
FT19
FT15
FT14
CN39-11/4 CN44- 2
CN11- 1 M4-24V
CN39-12/3 CN44- 1 Punch motor
CN11- 4 M4-DRV
M4
RL/2
PGC7
CN39-1/14
FT22
FT21
CN3- 1 5VDC CN25- 1 5V
CN39-2/13
Power relay/2
CN39-3/12
CN3- 3 PSS-IN2 CN25- 3 PSS-IN2
CN39-4/11
CN3- 4 PSS-IN3 CN25- 4 PSS-IN3
MS1
CN39-5/10
CN3- 5 PSS-IN4 CN25- 5 PSS-IN4
CN39-6/9
Door switch
CN3- 6 PSS-IN5 CN25- 6 PSS-IN5
PESB
CN39-7/8
FT24
FT23
CN3- 7 GND CN25- 7 GND
PGC8
CN65- 1
CN39-8/7 CN65- 2
CN78- 1
CN4- 8 P-HP2-IN Punch home sensor
CN65- 3 PS6
Coil
4
4
ZUCB
RT3
CN78- 2
CN39- 14/1 RT4
RT2
CN36-13/1 CN50- 1
CN7- 1 SD1-DRV1 CN36-12/2 CN50- 2 Gate solenoid/Lw
CN7- 2 SD1-DRV2 SD1
FG
RT7
RT6
RT8
CN36-11/3 CN51- 1
L : HOT
CN7- 3 SD2-DRV1 CN36-10/4 CN51- 2 Gate solenoid/Up
CN7- 4 SD2-DRV2 SD2
N : NEUTRAL
+V:24V
RT10 CN2-1 24VDC
+V:24V
CN2-2 24VDC CN62- 1
RT13
CN36-4/10 CN62- 2
CN4- 5 S-HP1-IN
5
5
DCPS
RT12
CN36-5/9 CN74-11/3 CN63- 2
CN4- 6 S-HP2-IN 2nd stopper home sensor
CN74-12/2 CN63- 3 PS4
PGC9
CN4- 3 5V CN36-7/7 PGC5 CN74- 9/5 CN61- 3
CN4- 4 PSS-IN CN36-6/8 CN74- 8/6 CN61- 2
CN36-2/12 CN74- 7/7 CN61- 1 PS1 Passage sensor
CN4- 14 GND
PGC6
PGC10
CN68- 1
CN4- 11 EXT-PS CN36-1/13 CN74-13/1 CN68- 2
CN68- 3 PS9 Exit sensor
6
6
M8
motor
CN67- 3
CN4- 9 P-FULLIN CN67- 2
CN67- 1 PS8 Punch scraps full sensor
Punch switchover CN33- 3/2 CN31-2/3
CN33- 4/1 CN31-1/4
CN12-1 MS2-CONT
CN12-2 MS2-GND
ZU-602 only
switch PGC3
CN66- 1
MS2 CN4- 1 5V
CN4- 10 BOX-IN CN66- 2
CN66- 3 PS7 Punch scraps box set sensor
CN4- 13 GND
PGC4
CN64- 1
CN4- 7 P-HP1-IN CN64- 2
CN64- 3 PS5 Punch shift home sensor
CN20
CN106-1 MTXDOUT CN97-6/1 CN6- 8 M-RXD-IN
CN6- 9 SGND CN21
CN106-2 SGND CN97-5/2
CN106-3 XCTSIN CN97-4/3 CN6-10 P-RTS1-OUT
CN106-4 MRXDIN CN97-3/4 CN6-11 M-TXD-OUT
CN6-12 SGND
7
7
CN 9- 7 F-TXD-OUT CN90-12
CN 9- 2 SGND CN90-11
CN 9- 9 P-REQ-OUT CN90-10
CN 9- 4 SGND CN90- 9
CN 9- 11 F-ACK-IN CN90- 8
CN 9- 6 SGND CN90- 7
CN 9- 1 F-RXD-IN CN90- 6
CN 9- 8 SGND CN90- 5
CN 9- 3 F-REQ-IN CN90- 4
CN 9- 10 SGND CN90- 3
CN 9- 5 P-ACK-OUT CN90- 2
CN 9- 12 SGND CN90- 1
CN 9- 13
CN95- 1 CN10- 1 M-RXD-IN
8
8
Crimp
CN1- 1 5VDC
Symbol
CN1- 3 SGND
C
ORG
CN96- 1 CN91-1 24VDC
RED
Connector
PGC1
CN96- 2 CN91-2 5VDC
BLU
CN96- 3 CN91-3 SGND
BLK PGC2
CN96- 4 CN91-4 PGND
BLK
CN96- 5 CN91-5 PGND
BLK
9
9
Relay connector
Faston
I
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
H
D
C
G
17.12TU
1
1
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
CN441
1 3 CN418-1
CN404-A8 24V
2 2 CN418-2
CN404-A1 LD
Power plug
3 1 CN418-3 Scraps removal motor
CN404-A7 GND
M108
CN402-A 1 5V CN411-1
CN402-B 1 S.G CN411-2
Inlet
CN402-A 3 CONT CN411-3
CN402-A 4 CLK CN411-4
FT:
FT:
CN402-A 6 F/R CN411-5
CN402-A 5 PLL CN411-6
CN411-7 NC Conveyance motor
CN402-A 2 BLK
M101
SPS-51T-187
2
2
SPS-51T-187
CN402-A14 P.G CN411-8
FT:
CN402-A13 P.G CN411-9
FT:
CN402-A12 24V CN411-10
CN402-A11 24V CN411-11
SPS-61T-250
CBR
SPS-61T-250
CN436-1 CN451-1
FT:
FT:
CN402-B13 5V
CN402-A 7 IN CN436-2 CN451-2
CN436-3 CN451-3 PS101 Entrance sensor
CN402-B 6 GND
Circuit breaker
SPS-61T-250
SPS-61T-250
CN402-B 9 5V
FT:
FT:
B
B FT:
CN402-B10 5V CN402-B12 5V CN456-1
FT: CN456-2
SPS-01T-187 CN402-A 8 IN PS107 Scraps box sensor
CN456-3
SPS-01T-187
CN402-B 5 GND
SPS-51T-187
SPS-51T-187
RL2
RL1
FT:
Relay/2
FT:
Relay/1
FT: CN435-1 CN470-1
FT:
SPS-01T-187 CN402-B11 5V
CN402-B 8 S.G
A
SPS-51T-187
CN435-3 CN470-3 LED101 Scraps box full LED
SPS-51T-187
CN402-B 4 GND
A
CN402-B 7 S.G
SPS-01T-187
CN402-A 9 IN CN437-1 CN459-1
3
3
CN402-B 3 GND
FT:SPS-61T-250
FT:SPS-61T-250
CN407 1 DRV CN412-1
CN407 2 DRV CN412-2 Blade motor
M102
Ferrite
(CN408- 1 5V) CN456-1
CN456-2
Blade
CN456-3 MS101 Blade home switch
CN408- 3 GND
CN413-1
FT:SPS-61T-250
FT:SPS-61T-250
CN406-A 2 24V
CN406-A 3 24V CN413-2
CN406-A 4 DRVA CN413-3
CN406-A 5 DRVA CN413-4 Stopper motor
CN413-5
M103
CN406-A 6 DRVB
MS2
CN413-6
Front door
CN406-A 7 DRVB
interlock switch
CN406-A 8 24V CN414-1 Stopper
CN414-2
CN406-A 9 DRV
4
release motor
4
M104
FT:SPS-61T-250
FT:SPS-61T-250
CN406-B 3 5V CN452-1
CN406-B 7 IN CN452-2
PS102 Conveyance sensor
CN490-1
CN405-B10 GND CN452-3
CN453-1
Stopper
CN406-B 2 5V
CN406-B 6 IN CN453-2
PS103 Stopper home sensor
Coil
CN406-B 9 GND CN453-3
CN406-B 1 5V CN454-1
CN406-B 5 IN CN454-2 Stopper
CN454-3 PS104
CN406-B 8 GND release home sensor
CN490-2
CUTDEC
5V
M105
CN403-3 5V CN455-1
L : HOT
5
5
CN455-2
Press
CN403-4 IN PS105 Press home sensor
CN403-5 GND CN455-3
N : NEUTRAL
TUDB
+V:24V CN409- 1 24V CN441 CN440
CN406-A10 5V 1 3 CN438-10 3 1 CN459-1
CN406-B 4 IN 2 2 CN438- 9 2 2 CN459-2
3 1 CN438- 8 1 3 CN459-3 PS114 Stacker door sensor
-V:PG CN409- 2 P.G CN406-A 1 GND
DCPS
-V:PG CN409- 3 P.G
CN404-A 9 5V CN438-1 CN458-1
CN404-A 6 IN CN438-2 CN458-2
FG : FRAME GND CN438-3 CN458-3 PS113 Stacker full sensor
CN404-B 5 GND
CN404-B 4 5V CN463-1
CN404-A 2 IN CN463-2
CN463-3 PS108 Exit sensor
CN404-B 9 GND
CN404-B 3 5V CN460-1
CN404-A 3 IN CN460-2
CN460-3 PS110 Upper limit sensor
CN404-B 8 GND
CN404-B 2 5V CN461-1
CN461-2
6
6
CN404-B 1 5V CN462-1
CN404-A 5 IN CN462-2
CN462-3 PS112 Pusher home sensor
CN404-B 6 GND
CN491-15 CN491- 1
CN401-A 1 CN41-A 1 M101_CONT
CN491-14 CN491- 2
CN401-A 2 CN41-A 2 M101_CLK
CN491-13 CN491- 3
CN401-A 3 CN41-A 3 M101_BLK
CN491-12 CN491- 4
CN401-A 4 CN41-A 4 M101_PLL
CN491-11 CN491- 5
CN401-A 5 CN41-A 5 M102_CONT
CN491-10 CN491- 6
CN401-A 6 CN41-A 6 M102_F/R
7
7
CN491- 9 CN491- 7
CN401-A 7 CN41-A 7 M103_DRVA
CN491- 8 CN491- 8
CN401-A 8 CN41-A 8 M103_DRVA/
CN491- 7 CN491- 9
CN401-A 9 CN41-A 9 M103_DRVB
CN491- 6 CN491-10
CN401-A10 CN41-A10 M103_DRVB/
CN491- 5 CN491-11
CN401-A11 CN41-A11 M104_CONT
CN491- 4 CN491-12
CN401-A12 CN41-A12 M105_CONT
CN491- 3 CN491-13
CN401-A13 CN41-A13 M101_F/R
CN492-11 CN492- 4
CN401-A19 CN41-A14 TU_SIN1-2
CN492- 9 CN492- 6
CN401-B 1 CN41-A15 IN101Y
CN493- 9 CN493- 9
CN401-B18 CN41-B 1 PS101_IN
CN492- 7 CN492- 8
CN401-B 3 CN41-B 2 PS102_IN
CN492- 6 CN492- 9
CN401-B 4 CN41-B 3 PS103_IN
CN492- 5 CN492-10
CN401-B 5 CN41-B 4 PS104_IN
CN492- 4 CN492-11
CN401-B 6 CN41-B 5 PS105_IN
CN492- 3 CN492-12
CN401-B 7 CN41-B 6 PS106_IN
CN493- 1 CN493- 1
CN401-B10 CN41-B 7 PS110_IN
CN493- 2 CN493- 2
CN401-B11 CN41-B 8 PS111_IN
CN492- 1 CN492-14
CN401-B 9 CN41-B 9 PS108_IN
CN493- 4 CN493- 4
CN401-B13 CN41-B10 CUT24VDEC
CN492-14 CN492- 1
CN401-A16 CN41-B11 M107_CONT
CN493- 3 CN493- 3
CN401-B12 CN41-B12 PS112_IN
FS-604
CN492- 2 CN492-13
CN401-B 8 CN41-B13 TU_SIN1-1
CN41-B14
CN41-B15
CN42- 1
8
8
CN493- 5 CN493- 5
CN401-B14 CN42- 2 5V
CN493- 7 CN493- 7
CN401-B16 CN42- 3 S.GND
CN42- 4
CN42- 5
CN491- 2 CN491-14
CN401-A14 CN43- 1 M106_CONT
CN491- 1 CN491-15
CN401-A15 CN43- 2 M106_F/R
CN492-13 CN492- 2
CN401-A17 CN43- 3 TU-OUT-1
CN492-12 CN492- 3
CN401-A18 CN43- 4 TU-OUT-2
CN493-11 CN493-11
CN401-B20 CN43- 5 NC
CN493-10 CN493-10
CN401-B19 CN43- 6 SUBOUT 4
CN492- 8 CN492- 7
CN401-B 2 CN43- 7 SUBOUT 5
Crimp
CN401-A20 CN43- 8
Symbol
CN401-B15
CN493-12 CN493-12
CN401-B17
Connector
9
9
Relay connector
I Faston
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
Thick2 PPC paper Weyerhaeuser Cougar Cover (65lb, 176 g/m2) { { Exclusive K Rough paper Classic White (80 g/m2) { X
162 to 200 g/m2 72 to 90 g/m2 MONDI Nautilus (80 g/m2)
(NEU Nautilus (80 g/m2))
Thin Paper PPC paper Domtar (16lb, 60 g/m2) { { Exclusive L Rough paper Xerox 3R91978 (160 g/m2) { X
50 to 61 g/m2 91 to 161 g/m2
Exclusive A Smooth paper { X Seal PPC paper AVERY5160 (Seal) AVERY DSP24 (Seal) { X
62 to 71 g/m2 62 to 71 g/m2
Exclusive B Smooth paper { X OHP Paper Fine quality paper HP 92296T OHP 3M CG3300 (OHP) X {
72 to 90 g/m2 91 to 161 g/m2
Note
• When using high quality printing paper, be sure to select a setting direction in which there occurs less amount of curling after printing.
• Marked with *: Paper the classification of which of smoothness or weight has been changed from the viewpoint of performance.
18.2 Relationship between the optimum paper type and the control according to the paper brand (U.S.A. paper)
bizhub PRO 920
Note
• This table lists the optimum setting values by paper brands checked for paper through by Konica Minolta. For other brands, it is scheduled that information is provided in due course upon completion of the paper through check.
Paper weight 50 to 61 g/m2 62 to 71 g/m2 72 to 90 g/m2 91 to 161 g/m2 162 to 200 g/m2
Paper category
Paper setting at the Utility mode Exclusive A Exclusive B Exclusive C Exclusive D
Line speed (mm/s) 460 460 460 460
Fusing temp. index (°C) -10 -10 Standard temp. +5
Paper setting at the Utility mode Exclusive E Recycled Fine Exclusive G/OHP paper Exclusive H
Line speed (mm/s) 460 460 460 460 460
Fusing temp. index (°C) -10 -10 -10 +5 +5
HP 92296T OHP
Paper setting at the Utility mode Thin paper Exclusive I/Seal ——/Normal/Exclusive F Thick1 Thick2
Line speed (mm/s) 460 460 460 460 290
Fusing temp. index (°C) -5 -5 Standard temp. (In case of "Exclusive F": +5) +5 +5
Domtar (16lb, 60 g/m2) AVERY5160 (Seal) Hammermill Tidal MP (20lb, 75 g/m2) Weyerhaeuser Cougar Cover (65lb, 176 g/m2)
Xerox 4024 (20lb, 75 g/m2)
GreatWhite (20lb, 75 g/m2)
Weyerhaeuser Recycled Laser Copy (20lb, 75 g/m2)
PPC paper
(Smoothness: 20 to 50sec)
Paper setting at the Utility mode Exclusive J/Trace Exclusive K Exclusive L Exclusive M
Line speed (mm/s) 460 460 290 290
Fusing temp. index (°C) Standard temp. +5 +5 +5
1. Line speed and fusing temperature are decided by setting the paper type from the "Utility mode."
2. Smoothness is a value measured by the Beck smoothness testing machine stipulated in the ISO 5627:1995, and the smaller the value, the coarser the paper grain. When the paper is not listed in this table and the setting condition of which can not be found, obtain the smoothness from the paper manufacturer and select the type of paper according to the value
of smoothness.
Note
• When using high quality printing paper, be sure to select a setting direction in which there occurs less amount of curling after printing.
• Marked with *: Paper the classification of which of smoothness or weight has been changed from the viewpoint of performance.
18.3 Relationship between the optimum paper type and the control according to the paper brand (European paper)
Paper weight 50 to 61 g/m2 62 to 71 g/m2 72 to 90 g/m2 91 to 161 g/m2 162 to 200 g/m2
Paper category
Paper setting at the Utility mode Exclusive A Exclusive B Exclusive C Exclusive D
Line speed (mm/s) 460 460 460 460
Fusing temp. index (°C) -10 -10 Standard temp. +5
Paper setting at the Utility mode Exclusive E Recycled Fine Exclusive G/OHP paper Exclusive H
Line speed (mm/s) 460 460 460 460 460
Fusing temp. index (°C) -10 -10 -10 +5 +5
3M CG3300 (OHP) XEROX COLOTECH (200 g/m2)
MONDI Color Copy (200 g/m2)
(NEU Color Copy (200 g/m2))
Paper setting at the Utility mode Thin paper Exclusive I/Seal ——/Normal/Exclusive F Thick1 Thick2
Line speed (mm/s) 460 460 460 460 290
Fusing temp. index (°C) -5 -5 Standard temp. (In case of "Exclusive F": +5) +5 +5
AVERY DSP24 (Seal) Konica Minolta Original (80 g/m2)
Konica Minolta Profi (80 g/m2)
REPEAT (80 g/m2)
MONDI BIO TOP3 (80 g/m2) (Exclusive F)
PPC paper
(NEU BIO TOP 3 (80 g/m2) (Exclusive F))
(Smoothness: 20 to 50sec)
Paper setting at the Utility mode Exclusive J/Trace Exclusive K Exclusive L Exclusive M
Line speed (mm/s) 460 460 290 290
Fusing temp. index (°C) Standard temp. +5 +5 +5
Classic White (80 g/m2) Xerox 3R91978 (160 g/m2)
MONDI Nautilus (80 g/m2)
(NEU Nautilus (80 g/m2))
1. Line speed and fusing temperature are decided by setting the paper type from the "Utility mode."
2. Smoothness is a value measured by the Beck smoothness testing machine stipulated in the ISO 5627:1995, and the smaller the value, the coarser the paper grain. When the paper is not listed in this table and the setting condition of which can not be found, obtain the smoothness from the paper manufacturer and select the type of paper according to the value
of smoothness.
Note
• When using high quality printing paper, be sure to select a setting direction in which there occurs less amount of curling after printing.
• Marked with *: Paper the classification of which of smoothness or weight has been changed from the viewpoint of performance.
Reference:
• Paper weight (g/m2) : Unit showing the mass of a 1 m2 sheet of paper in gram.
• Basis Weight (lb) : The basis weight of a paper is the designated fixed weight of 500 sheets, measured in pounds, in that paper's basic sheet size. It is important to note that the "basic size" is not the same for all types of paper.